Professional Documents
Culture Documents
to accompany
Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e
By
Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski
Chapter 2
Road Vehicle Performance
U.S. Customary Units
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Preface
The solutions to the fourth edition of Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis
were prepared with the Mathcad1 software program. You will notice several notation conventions
that you may not be familiar with if you are not a Mathcad user. Most of these notation
conventions are self-explanatory or easily understood. The most common Mathcad specific
notations in these solutions relate to the equals sign. You will notice the equals sign being used in
three different contexts, and Mathcad uses three different notations to distinguish between each of
these contexts. The differences between these equals sign notations are explained as follows.
• The ‘:=’ (colon-equals) is an assignment operator, that is, the value of the variable or
expression on the left side of ‘:=’is set equal to the value of the expression on the right
side. For example, in the statement, L := 1234, the variable ‘L’ is assigned (i.e., set equal
to) the value of 1234. Another example is x := y + z. In this case, x is assigned the value
of y + z.
• The ‘=’ (bold equals) is used when the Mathcad function solver was used to find the value
of a variable in the equation. For example, in the equation
, the = is used to tell Mathcad that the value of the
expression on the left side needs to equal the value of the expression on the right side.
Thus, the Mathcad solver can be employed to find a value for the variable ‘t’ that satisfies
this relationship. This particular example is from a problem where the function for arrivals
at some time ‘t’ is set equal to the function for departures at some time ‘t’ to find the time
to queue clearance.
• The ‘=’ (standard equals) is used for a simple numeric evaluation. For example, referring
to the x := y + z assignment used previously, if the value of y was 10 [either by assignment
(with :=), or the result of an equation solution (through the use of =) and the value of z was
15, then the expression ‘x =’ would yield 25. Another example would be as follows: s :=
1800/3600, with s = 0.5. That is, ‘s’ was assigned the value of 1800 divided by 3600
(using :=), which equals 0.5 (as given by using =).
Another symbol you will see frequently is ‘→’. In these solutions, it is used to perform an
evaluation of an assignment expression in a single statement. For example, in the following
statement, , Q(t) is assigned the value of
Arrivals(t) – Departures(t), and this evaluates to 2.2t – 0.10t2.
Finally, to assist in quickly identifying the final answer, or answers, for what is being asked in the
problem statement, yellow highlighting has been used (which will print as light gray).
1
www.mathcad.com
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the maximum grade. Problem 2.11
3500 14
i := 0.035 ne := ε o := 3.2 r := W := 2500 lb (given)
60 12
assume F=F e
calculate velocity
2 ⋅ π ⋅ r ⋅ ne ⋅ ( 1 − i) (Eq. 2.18)
V := V = 128.9 ft/s
εo
ρ := 0.002378 CD := 0.35 Af := 25
(Eq. 2.3)
ρ 2
Ra := ⋅ CD ⋅ Af ⋅ V Ra = 172.99 lb
2
⎛
frl := 0.01⎜ 1 +
V ⎞
⎟ (Eq. 2.5)
⎝ 147 ⎠
Me := 200 nd := 0.90
Me ⋅ ε o ⋅ nd (Eq. 2.17)
Fe := Fe = 493.71 lb
r
Rg = 273.79
solve for G
Rg
G := (Eq. 2.9)
W
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Alternative calculation for grade, using trig relationships
⎛ Rg ⎞
θg := asin ⎜ ⎟
⎝W⎠
θg = 0.1097 radians
180
degθg := θg ⋅ convert from radians to degrees
π
degθg = 6.287
( )
G := tan θg ⋅ 100 G = 11.02 %
Thus, error is minimal when assuming G = sin θg for small to medium grades
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 2.12
Determine the torque the engine is producing and the engine speed.
Fe − ΣR γ m ⋅m ⋅a
5280
V := 124⋅ V = 181.867 ft/s (given)
3600
ρ 2
Ra := ⋅ CD ⋅ Af ⋅ V Ra = 185.056 (Eq. 2.3)
2
⎛ V ⎞
frl := 0.01 ⋅ ⎜ 1 + ⎟ frl = 0.022 (Eq. 2.5)
⎝ 147 ⎠
W := 2700 (given)
(Eq. 2.6)
Rrl := frl ⋅ W Rrl = 60.404
Rg := 0
(Eq. 2.2)
Fe := Ra + Rrl + Rg Fe = 245.46
12.6
i := 0.03 ηd := 0.90 ε 0 := 2.5 r :=
12
Me ⋅ ε 0 ⋅ ηd Fe ⋅ r (Eq. 2.17)
Fe Me :=
r ε 0 ⋅ ηd
Me = 114.548 ft-lb
2 ⋅ π ⋅ r ⋅ ne ⋅ ( 1 − i) V ⋅ε 0 (Eq. 2.18)
V ne :=
ε0 2 ⋅ π ⋅ r ⋅ ( 1 − i)
rev rev
ne = 71.048 ne ⋅ 60 = 4263
s min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Rear - wheel drive
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
γ b ⋅ ⎛ V1 − V2
2 2⎞
⎝ ⎠ (Eq. 2.43)
( )
Sal
2 ⋅ g ⋅ η b ⋅ μ m + frl − 0.03
V2 :=
2
V1 −
( )
2 ⋅ Sal ⋅ g ⋅ η b ⋅ μ m + frl − 0.03
γb
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 2.24
Determine if the driver should appeal the ticket.
μ := 0.6 (for good, wet pavement, and slide value because of skidding)
γ b := 1.04 g := 32.2
5280
V2 := 40 ⋅ V2 = 58.667 (given)
3600
Solve for the initial velocity of the car using theoretical stopping distance
γ b ⋅ ⎛ V1 − V2
⎝
2 2⎞
⎠ ( ) +V
2 ⋅ S ⋅ g ⋅ ηb ⋅ μ + frl − 0.04
2
V1 := (Eq. 2.43)
( )
S 2
2 ⋅ g ⋅ ηb ⋅ μ + frl − 0.04 γb
V1 = 100.952
3600 mi
V1 ⋅ = 68.83
5280 h
No, the driver should not appeal the ticket as the initial velocity was higher than the speed limit,
in addition to the road being wet.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
G = 0.059 G ⋅ 100 = 5.93 %
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Multiple Choice Problems
V := 70⋅ ⎛⎜
5280 ⎞ ft
⎟ W := 2000 lb
⎝ 3600 ⎠ s
G := 0.05
grade resistance
aerodynamic resistance
ρ 2
Ra := ⋅ CD⋅ A f ⋅ V Ra = 75.44 lb (Eq. 2.3)
2
rolling resistance
frl := 0.01⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 +
V ⎞
⎟ frl = 0.02 (Eq. 2.5)
⎝ 147 ⎠
summation of resistances
(Eq. 2.2)
F := Ra + Rrl + Rg F = 209.41 lb
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
frl := 0.01⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 +
V ⎞
⎟ frl = 0.01
⎝ 147 ⎠
ρ 2
Ra := ⋅ CD⋅ A f ⋅ V Ra = 35.07 lb
2
F := Ra + Rrl + Rg F = 164.6 lb
5280
V := 70⋅
3600
F := Rrl + Rg F = 129.52 lb
F := Ra + Rg F = 135.07 lb
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the acceleration.
Problem 2.32
h := 20 in
5280 Cd := 0.3
V := 20⋅
3600 W := 2500 lb
2
A f := 20 ft
ft L := 110 in
V = 29.33 slugs (given)
s ρ := 0.002045 lf := 50 in
3
ft
μ := 1 ε o := 4.5
M e := 95 ft-lb
ηd := 0.90
14
r := ft
12
aerodynamic resistnace
ρ 2
Ra := ⋅ Cd ⋅ A f ⋅ V Ra = 5.28 lb (Eq. 2.3)
2
rolling resistance
(Eq. 2.5)
frl := 0.01⎛⎜ 1 +
V ⎞
⎟
⎝ 147 ⎠
Rrl := 0.01⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 +
V ⎞
⎟ ⋅ 2500 Rrl = 29.99 lb (Eq. 2.6)
⎝ 147 ⎠
M e ⋅ ε o ⋅ ηd (Eq. 2.17)
Fe := Fe = 329.79 lb
r
mass factor
2 (Eq. 2.20)
γ m := 1.04 + 0.0025ε o γ m = 1.09
lr := 120 − lf
acceleration
(
μ⋅ W⋅ lr+ frl⋅ h )
L (Eq. 2.15)
Fmax := Fmax = 1350.77 lb
μ⋅h
1+
L
Fe − Ra − Rrl ft
1) Use a mass factor of 1.04 γ m := 1.04 a := a = 3.65 2
γ m⋅ ⎛⎜
2500 ⎞ s
⎟
⎝ 32.2 ⎠
(
μ⋅ W⋅ lf − frl⋅ h )
L Fmax − Ra − Rrl ft
Fmax := Fmax = 1382.22 a := a = 15.9
γ m⋅ ⎛⎜
μ⋅ h 2500 ⎞ 2
1− ⎟ s
L ⎝ 32.2 ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the percentage of braking force.
Problem 2.33
5280 ft
V := 65⋅ μ := 0.90
3600 s
L := 120 in lf := 50 in (given)
h := 20 in lr := L − lf in
frl := 0.01⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 +
V ⎞ (Eq. 2.5)
⎟ frl = 0.02
⎝ 147 ⎠
(
lr + h ⋅ μ + frl )
BFRfrmax:= BFRfrmax = 2.79 (Eq. 2.30)
(
lf − h ⋅ μ + frl )
calculate percentage of braking force allocated to rear axle
100
PBFr := PBFr = 26.39 % (Eq. 2.32)
1 + BFRfrmax
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
(
lr − h ⋅ μ + frl )
BFRfrmax:= BFRfrmax = 0.76
(
lf + h ⋅ μ + frl )
100
PBFr := PBFr = 56.94 %
1 + BFRfrmax
(
lf + h ⋅ μ + frl )
BFRfrmax:= BFRfrmax = 1.32
(
lr − h ⋅ μ + frl )
100
PBFr := PBFr = 43.06 %
1 + BFRfrmax
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the theoretical stopping distance on level grade. Problem 2.34
5280 ft
CD := 0.59 V := 80⋅
3600 s (given)
2
A f := 26 ft μ := 0.7
⎛ V ⎞
⎜ 2
⎟ (Eq. 2.5)
frl := 0.01⋅ ⎜ 1 + ⎟ frl = 0.014
⎝ 147 ⎠
γ b ⋅ ⎛ V1 − V2
2 2⎞ 2
S :=
⎝ ⎠ S = 412.8
s (Eq. 2.43)
(
2⋅ g ⋅ ηb ⋅ μ + frl ) ft
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
frl := 0.01⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 +
V ⎞
⎟
⎝ 147 ⎠
γ b ⋅ ⎛ V1 − V2
2 2⎞ 2
S :=
⎝ ⎠ S = 409.8
s
(
2⋅ g ⋅ ηb ⋅ μ + frl ) ft
V1 := 80 V2 := 0 V := 80
⎛ V ⎞
⎜ 2 ⎟
frl := 0.01⋅ ⎜ 1 + ⎟
⎝ 147 ⎠
γ b ⋅ ⎛ V1 − V2
2 2⎞ 2
S :=
⎝ ⎠ S = 192.4
s
(
2⋅ g ⋅ ηb ⋅ μ + frl ) ft
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
3) Using γ = 1.0 value
γ b := 1.0
γ b ⋅ ⎛ V1 − V2
2 2⎞ 2
S :=
⎝ ⎠ S = 397.9
s
(
2⋅ g ⋅ ηb ⋅ μ + frl ) ft
ft ft
a := 11.2 tr := 2.5 s g := 32.2 ( assumed )
2 2
s s
Braking Distance
2
V (Eq. 2.47)
d := d = 194.46 ft
2⋅ g ⋅ ⎛⎜
⎞ a
⎟
⎝g⎠
Perception/Reaction Distance
(Eq. 2.49)
d r := V⋅ tr d r = 165.00 ft
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) just the braking distance value
d = 194.46 ft
d r = 165.00 ft
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
3) use the yellow signal interval deceleration rate
a := 10.0
2
V
d := d = 217.80 ft
2⋅ g ⋅ ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟
a
⎝g⎠
d s := d + d r d s = 382.80 ft
2
A f := 16 ft S := 150 ft ηb := 1 (given)
slugs
W := 2500 lb
ρ := 0.002378 3 μ := 0.8
ft
5280 ft
V1 := 88⋅
3600 s ft frl := 0.017
g := 32.2
2
s
ρ
Ka := ⋅ CD⋅ A f Ka = 0.007
2
Given
V2 := 0
γ b⋅ W ⎡ η ⋅ μ⋅ W + K ⋅ V 2 + f ⋅ W + W ⋅ G ⎤
⋅ ln⎢ ⎥
b a 1 rl (Eq. 2.39)
S
2⋅ g ⋅ Ka ⎢ ⎛ ⎞ 2 ⎥
⎣ ηb ⋅ μ ⋅ W + Ka⋅ ⎝ V2 ⎠ + frl⋅ W + W ⋅ G⎦
V2 := Find V2 ( )
V2 mi
V2 = 91.6 = 62.43
1.467 h
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) Use 0% grade
G := 0.0
Given
V2 := 0
γ b⋅ W ⎡ η ⋅ μ⋅ W + K ⋅ V 2 + f ⋅ W + W ⋅ G ⎤
⋅ ln⎢ ⎥
b a 1 rl
S
2⋅ g ⋅ Ka ⎢ ⎛ ⎞ 2 ⎥
⎣ ηb ⋅ μ ⋅ W + Ka⋅ ⎝ V2 ⎠ + frl⋅ W + W ⋅ G⎦
V2 := Find V2 ( )
V2 mi
V2 = 93.6 = 63.78
1.467 h
G := 0.04
2 (
S⋅ 2⋅ g ⋅ ηb ⋅ μ + frl + G) (Eq 2.43) rearranged to
V2 := V1 − V2 = 93.3 solve for V2
γb
V2 mi
= 63.6
1.467 h
G := 0
2 (
S⋅ 2⋅ g ⋅ ηb ⋅ μ + frl + G )
V2 := V1 − V2 = 95.2
γb
V2 mi
= 64.9
1.467 h
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual
to accompany
Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e
By
Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski
Chapter 3
Geometric Design of Highways
U.S. Customary Units
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Preface
The solutions to the fourth edition of Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis
were prepared with the Mathcad1 software program. You will notice several notation conventions
that you may not be familiar with if you are not a Mathcad user. Most of these notation
conventions are self-explanatory or easily understood. The most common Mathcad specific
notations in these solutions relate to the equals sign. You will notice the equals sign being used in
three different contexts, and Mathcad uses three different notations to distinguish between each of
these contexts. The differences between these equals sign notations are explained as follows.
• The ‘:=’ (colon-equals) is an assignment operator, that is, the value of the variable or
expression on the left side of ‘:=’is set equal to the value of the expression on the right
side. For example, in the statement, L := 1234, the variable ‘L’ is assigned (i.e., set equal
to) the value of 1234. Another example is x := y + z. In this case, x is assigned the value
of y + z.
• The ‘=’ (bold equals) is used when the Mathcad function solver was used to find the value
of a variable in the equation. For example, in the equation
, the = is used to tell Mathcad that the value of the
expression on the left side needs to equal the value of the expression on the right side.
Thus, the Mathcad solver can be employed to find a value for the variable ‘t’ that satisfies
this relationship. This particular example is from a problem where the function for arrivals
at some time ‘t’ is set equal to the function for departures at some time ‘t’ to find the time
to queue clearance.
• The ‘=’ (standard equals) is used for a simple numeric evaluation. For example, referring
to the x := y + z assignment used previously, if the value of y was 10 [either by assignment
(with :=), or the result of an equation solution (through the use of =) and the value of z was
15, then the expression ‘x =’ would yield 25. Another example would be as follows: s :=
1800/3600, with s = 0.5. That is, ‘s’ was assigned the value of 1800 divided by 3600
(using :=), which equals 0.5 (as given by using =).
Another symbol you will see frequently is ‘→’. In these solutions, it is used to perform an
evaluation of an assignment expression in a single statement. For example, in the following
statement, , Q(t) is assigned the value of
Arrivals(t) – Departures(t), and this evaluates to 2.2t – 0.10t2.
Finally, to assist in quickly identifying the final answer, or answers, for what is being asked in the
problem statement, yellow highlighting has been used (which will print as light gray).
1
www.mathcad.com
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 3.6
Compute the difference in design curve lengths for 2005 and 2025 designs.
G1 := 1 G2 := −2 A := G2 − G1 A=3 (given)
5280
V := 70 ⋅ V = 102.667
3600
H1 := 3 H2 := 1 g := 32.2 G := 0 (given)
2
A ⋅ S2025 (Eq. 3.13)
L2025 :=
200⋅ ( H1 + H2) 2
Alternative Solution
2
A ⋅ SSD2005
L2002 := L2005 = 741
2158
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
(
Kc ⋅ 4 + Gcon )2 − ⎡⎣4.0 ⋅Kc ⋅ (4 + Gcon)⎤⎦ + Gcon ⋅ ⎡⎣Ltotal − ⎡⎣Kc ⋅ (4 + Gcon)⎤⎦ − Ks ⋅Gcon⎤⎦ + Ks ⋅ Gcon2 Δ elev
200 100 100 200
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
( G con − G 1s )2 ⋅K s G con ( G con − G 2c )2 ⋅ K c ⎡ G con − G 1s ⋅ K s ⋅ ( G 1s ) (
G con − G 2c ⋅ K c ⋅ G 2c ) ⎤⎥
200
+
100
( )
⋅ L total − G con − G 1s ⋅ K s − G con − G 2c ⋅ K c +
200
elev diff + ⎢
⎣ 100
+
100 ⎦
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 3.24
Determine the station of the PT.
sta PC := 12410 sta PI := 13140 (given)
e := 0.06 V := 70 g := 32.2
calculate radius
2
( V ⋅ 1.467)
Rv := Rv = 2046.8 (Eq. 3.34)
g ⋅ e + fs( )
since road is single-lane, R := Rv
R = 2046.8
R ⋅ tan ⎜
⎛Δ ⎞ ⎛ T⎞
T ⎟ Δ := 2 ⋅ atan ⎜ ⎟ Δ = 39.258deg Δ := 39 (Eq. 3.36)
⎝2⎠ ⎝ R⎠
calculate length
π
L := ⋅R⋅(Δ ) L = 1393.2 (Eq. 3.39)
180
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 3.28
Determine the radius and stationing of the PC and PT.
sta PI := 25050 g := 32.2 V := 65 (given)
e := 0.08 Δ := 35
calculate radius
2
( V ⋅ 1.467)
Rv := Rv = 1486.2 (Eq. 3.34)
( )
ft
g ⋅ fs + e
R := Rv + 6 R = 1492.2 ft
π
L := ⋅R⋅Δ L = 911.534 (Eq. 3.39)
180
T := R ⋅ tan ⎢⎜
⎡⎛ Δ ⎞ ⋅ deg⎤
⎟ ⎥ T = 470.489 (Eq. 3.36)
⎣⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎦
Problem 3.29
Give the radius, degree of curvature, and length of curve that you
would recommend.
for a 70 mph design speed with e restricted to 0.06, Rv := 2050 ft (Table 3.5)
5
R := Rv + R = 2052.5 ft
2
π
L := ⋅R⋅Δ L = 1432.92 ft (Eq. 3.39)
180
18000
D := D = 2.79 degrees (Eq. 3.35)
π ⋅R
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 3.32
Determine a maximum safe speed to the nearest 5 mi/h.
(given)
Δ := 34 e := 0.08
PT := 12934 PC := 12350
L := PT − PC L = 584
12
since this is a two-lane road with 12-ft lanes, M := 20.3 + Ms = 26.3
s 2
π L ⋅ 180
L ⋅R⋅Δ R := R = 984.139 (Eq. 3.39)
180 π⋅Δ
Rv := R − 6 Rv = 978.139
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 3.33
Determine the distance that must be cleared from the inside edge
of the inside lane to provide adequate SSD.
V is 70 mi/h
⎛ ⎛ 90 ⋅ SSD ⋅ deg⎞ ⎞
Ms := Rv⋅ ⎜ 1 − cos ⎜ ⎟⎟ (Eq. 3.42)
⎝ ⎝ π ⋅ Rv ⎠⎠
Ms = 32.41
Ms − 5 = 27.41 ft
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 3.35
Determine the length of the horizontal curve.
G1 := 1 G2 := 3 (given)
Ls := 420 Δ := 37 e := 0.06
As := G2 − G1 As = 2
Ls
Ks := Ks = 210 (Eq. 3.10)
As
V := 75 fs := 0.09
2
( V ⋅ 1.467)
Rv2 := Rv2 = 2506.31 (Eq. 3.34)
(
32.2 ⋅ fs + e )
12
since the road is two-lane with 12-ft lanes, R := Rv1 + R = 2516
2
π
L := ⋅R⋅Δ L = 1624.76 ft (Eq. 3.39)
180
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 3.36
Determine the station of the PT.
G1 := −2.5 G2 := 1.5 A := G2 − G1 A=4 K := 206 (given)
π ⋅R⋅Δ
L := L = 1473.02 ft (Eq. 3.39)
180
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Multiple Choice Problems
c := 500 ft
dy (Eq. 3.1)
:= ( 2a⋅ x + b ) 0
dx
(Eq. 3.3)
b := −4.0
G2 − G1 (Eq. 3.6)
a := a = 0.813
2⋅ L
−b (Eq. 3.1)
x := x = 2.462 stations
2⋅ a
− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− −− − − − − − − − −
Alternative Answers:
1) Miscalculation y := 492.043 ft
G1 − G2
2) Miscalculate "a" a := a = −0.813 Station = 102 + 46
2⋅ L
y := a⋅ x( 2) + b⋅x + c y = 485.231 ft
x := 2 y := a⋅ x ( 2) + b⋅x + c y = 495.25 ft
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the station of PT.
Problem 3.39
⋅
0.5211180
T := 1200 ft Δ := (given)
π
Calculate radius
T
R := R = 4500.95 ft (Eq 3.36)
Δ
tan [mc]⎡⎢⎛⎜ ⎟⎞ ⋅ deg⎤⎥
⎣⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎦
π
L := ⋅ R⋅ Δ L = 2345.44 ft (Eq 3.39)
180
Calculate stationing of PT
stationing PT = stationing PC + L
T
R := R = 4500.95 ft
tan ⎜⎛ 0.5211⎞
⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠
π
L := ⋅ R⋅ 0.5211 L = 40.94 ft
180
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the offset. Problem 3.40
A := G1 − G2 A=3
A 2
Y := ⋅x Y = 5.273 ft (Eq 3.7)
200⋅ L
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) Use Ym equation.
A⋅ L
Ym := Ym = 6 ft (Eq 3.8)
800
2) Use Yf equation.
A⋅ L
Yf := Yf = 24 ft (Eq 3.9)
200
G1 := 0.055 G2 := 0.025
A := G1 − G2 A = 0.03
A 2
Y := ⋅x Y = 0.053 ft
200⋅ L
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the minimum length of curve.
Problem 3.41
V := 65⋅ ⎛⎜
5280 ⎞ ft
⎟ G1 := 1.5 G2 := −2.0 (given)
⎝ 3600 ⎠ s
using Table 3.1, SSD for 65 mi/h would be 645 ft (assuming L > SSD)
A := G1 − G2 A = 3.50
2
A ⋅ SSD
Lm := Lm = 674.74 ft (Eq. 3.15)
2158
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the stopping sight distance.
Problem 3.42
5280 ft 3
V1 := 35⋅ G := (given)
3600 s 100
ft ft
a := 11.2 g := 32.2 tr := 2.5 s (assumed)
2 2
s s
2
V1
SSD := + V1⋅ tr SSD = 257.08 ft (Eq 3.12)
2⋅ g ⋅ ⎛⎜ − G⎟⎞
a
⎝g ⎠
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
2
V1
SSD := + V1⋅ tr SSD = 236.63 ft
2⋅ g ⋅ ⎛⎜ + G⎟⎞
a
⎝g ⎠
3) Miscalculation
SSD := 254.23 ft
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the minimum length of the vertical curve.
Problem 3.43
G1 := 4.0 G2 := −2.0 H1 := 6.0 ft H2 := 4.0 ft
(given)
5280 ft
S := 450 ft V := 40⋅
3600 s
A := G1 − G2
Lm := 2⋅ S −
200⋅ ( H1 + H2 )2 Lm = 240.07 ft (Eq 3.14)
A
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
2
A⋅S
Lm := Lm = 306.85 ft (Eq 3.13)
200⋅ ( H1 + H2 ) 2
H1 := 3.5 ft H2 := 2.0 ft
2
A⋅S
Lm := Lm = 562.94 ft
200⋅ ( H1 + H2 ) 2
Lm := 450 ft
S :=
Lm + 200⋅ ( H1 + H2 )2 S = 1304.15 ft
2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual
to accompany
Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e
By
Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski
Chapter 4
Pavement Design
U.S. Customary Units
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Preface
The solutions to the fourth edition of Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis
were prepared with the Mathcad1 software program. You will notice several notation conventions
that you may not be familiar with if you are not a Mathcad user. Most of these notation
conventions are self-explanatory or easily understood. The most common Mathcad specific
notations in these solutions relate to the equals sign. You will notice the equals sign being used in
three different contexts, and Mathcad uses three different notations to distinguish between each of
these contexts. The differences between these equals sign notations are explained as follows.
• The ‘:=’ (colon-equals) is an assignment operator, that is, the value of the variable or
expression on the left side of ‘:=’is set equal to the value of the expression on the right
side. For example, in the statement, L := 1234, the variable ‘L’ is assigned (i.e., set equal
to) the value of 1234. Another example is x := y + z. In this case, x is assigned the value
of y + z.
• The ‘=’ (bold equals) is used when the Mathcad function solver was used to find the value
of a variable in the equation. For example, in the equation
, the = is used to tell Mathcad that the value of the
expression on the left side needs to equal the value of the expression on the right side.
Thus, the Mathcad solver can be employed to find a value for the variable ‘t’ that satisfies
this relationship. This particular example is from a problem where the function for arrivals
at some time ‘t’ is set equal to the function for departures at some time ‘t’ to find the time
to queue clearance.
• The ‘=’ (standard equals) is used for a simple numeric evaluation. For example, referring
to the x := y + z assignment used previously, if the value of y was 10 [either by assignment
(with :=), or the result of an equation solution (through the use of =) and the value of z was
15, then the expression ‘x =’ would yield 25. Another example would be as follows: s :=
1800/3600, with s = 0.5. That is, ‘s’ was assigned the value of 1800 divided by 3600
(using :=), which equals 0.5 (as given by using =).
Another symbol you will see frequently is ‘→’. In these solutions, it is used to perform an
evaluation of an assignment expression in a single statement. For example, in the following
statement, , Q(t) is assigned the value of
Arrivals(t) – Departures(t), and this evaluates to 2.2t – 0.10t2.
Finally, to assist in quickly identifying the final answer, or answers, for what is being asked in the
problem statement, yellow highlighting has been used (which will print as light gray).
1
www.mathcad.com
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.1
Determine radial-horizontal stress.
P := 5000 p := 100 (given)
E := 43500
P
a := a = 3.989 (Eq. 4.3)
p⋅ π
at z := 0 and r := 0.8
z r
=0 = 0.201
a a
Δ z := 0.016 (given)
Find μ:
p⋅ ( 1 + μ)⋅ a
⋅ ⎡⎢ ⋅ A + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ H⎤⎥
z
Δz (Eq. 4.6)
E ⎣a ⎦
μ = 0.345
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine Modulus of Elasticity.
Problem 4.2
2
contactarea := 80 in P := 6700 lb (given)
contactarea
a :=
π
a = 5.046 inches
P
p := (Eq. 4.3)
2
a ⋅π
lb
p = 83.75 2
in
z := 2 and r := 0
z r
= 0.3963 =0
a a
p⋅ (1 + μ) ⋅ a
⋅ ⎡⎢ ⋅ A + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ H⎤⎥
z
Δz (Eq. 4.6)
E ⎣a ⎦
p⋅ ( 1 + μ) ⋅ a
⋅ ⎡⎢ ⋅ A + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ H⎤⎥
z
E :=
Δz ⎣a ⎦
lb
4
E = 1.678 × 10 2
in
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.3
Determine load applied to the wheel.
z r
=0 =0
a a
σr σr
p := p :=
2μ + 0.5 − μ μ + 0.5
Δ z := 0.0165 (given)
p ⋅( 1 + μ ) ⋅a ⎡z ⎤
Δz ⋅ ⎢ ⋅ A + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ H⎥ (Eq. 4.6)
E ⎣a ⎦
⎛ 87 ⎞ ⋅( 1 + μ ) ⋅3.5
⎜ μ + 0.5 ⎟
Δz
⎝ ⎠ ⋅ [ 0 + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ 2.0]
43500
μ = 0.281
87 lb
p := p = 111.349
μ + 0.5 2
in
P
a := (Eq. 4.3)
p ⋅π
2
P := a ( p ⋅ π )
P := 12.25⋅ ( p ⋅ π )
P = 4285.20 lb
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the vertical stress, radial-horizontal stress,
Problem 4.4
and deflection.
(given)
z := 25 and r := 50 and a := 12.7
z r
= 1.969 = 3.937
a a
p := 101.5 μ := 0.4
σ z := p ⋅ ( A + B) (Eq. 4.4)
lb
σ z = 0.761 2
in
σ r := p ⋅ ⎡⎣ 2μ ⋅ A + C + ( 1 − 2μ ) F⎤⎦
(Eq. 4.5)
lb
σ r = 2.381
2
in
E := 36250
p ⋅(1 + μ ) ⋅a ⎡ z ⎤
Δ z := ⋅ ⎢ ⋅ A + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ H⎥ (Eq. 4.6)
E ⎣a ⎦
−3
Δ z = 7.833 × 10 inches
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.5
Determine which truck will cause more pavement damage.
D1 := 3 D2 := 6 D3 := 8 (given)
(Eq. 4.9)
SN := a1⋅ D1 + a2⋅ D2⋅ M 2 + a3⋅ D3⋅ M 3
SN = 3.4
Using linear interpolation for Truck A (Table 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4)
single12kip := 0.2226
single23kip := 2.574
Total18kipESALA = 2.7966
single8kip := 0.0046
tandem43kip := 2.706
Total18kipESALB = 2.7106
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.6
How many 25-kip single-axle loads can be carried
before the pavement reaches its TSI?
D1 := 4 D2 := 7 D3 := 10 (given)
SN = 3.774
lb
So := 0.4 ΔPSI := 2.0 M R := 5000 (given)
2
in
Using Eq. 4.7:
⎡⎡ ⎛ ΔPSI ⎞ ⎤ ⎤
⎢⎢ log⎜ ⎟ ⎥ ⎥
⎢⎢
x := ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 +
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
+ 2.32⋅ log ( M R) − 8.07⎥
⎥
⎢⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥ ⎥
⎢⎢ ⎢ 5.19 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦ ⎦
x = 5.974
x 5
W 18 := 10 W 18 = 9.4204645× 10
Interpolating from Table 4.2 to determine equivalent 25-kip axle load equivalency factor:
3.09 + 4.31
TableValue1 := TableValue1 = 3.7
2
2.89 + 3.91
TableValue2 := TableValue2 = 3.4
2
TableValue1 − TableValue2 ⎞
EquivFactor := 3.7 − ⎛⎜ ⎟ ⋅ ( SN − 3)
⎝ 1 ⎠
EquivFactor = 3.4678
W 18 5
= 2.716554× 10 25-kip loads
EquivFactor
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.7
Determine minimum acceptable soil resilient modulus.
a1 := 0.35 a2 := 0.20 a3 := 0.11 (Table 4.6)
D1 := 4 D2 := 6 D3 := 7 (given)
M 2 := 1 M 3 := 1 (given)
SN = 3.37
single10kip := 0.1121300
⋅
single18kip := 1⋅ 120
tandem32kip := 0.8886100
⋅
single32kip := 9.871⋅ 30
6
W 18 = 3.106 × 10
⎡ ⎛ ΔPSI ⎞ ⎤
⎢ log⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
(
log W 18 ) ⎢ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + + 2.32⋅ log ( M R)⎥ − 8.07
⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 5.19 ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦
lb
3
M R = 9.0098× 10 2
in
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine minimum acceptable soil resilient modulus.
Problem 4.8
a1 := 0.35 a2 := 0.20 a3 := 0.11 (Table 4.6)
D1 := 4 D2 := 6 D3 := 7 (given)
SN = 3.37
single10kip := 0.1121300
⋅
single18kip := 1⋅ 20
tandem32kip := 0.8886100
⋅
single32kip := 9.871⋅ 90
⎡ ⎛ ΔPSI ⎞ ⎤
⎢ log⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
(
log W 18 ) ⎢ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + + 2.32⋅ log ( M R)⎥ − 8.07
⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 5.19 ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦
4 lb
M R = 1.1005× 10
2
in
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the soil resilient modulus of the soil used in design.
Problem 4.9
a1 := 0.44 a2 := 0.40 a3 := 0.11 (Table 4.6)
D1 := 4 D2 := 4 D3 := 8 (given)
SN = 4.24
single8kip := 0.039251300
⋅ = 51.025
tandem15kip := 0.0431900
⋅ = 38.79
single40kip := 22.16420
⋅ = 443.28
TotAxleEqv = 941.495
6
W 18 := TotAxleEqv⋅ 12⋅ 365 = 4.1237× 10
⎡ ΔPSI ⎞
⎢ log⎛⎜ ⎟
⎤
⎥
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
(
log W 18 ) ⎢ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + + 2.32⋅ log( M R)⎥ − 8.07
⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 5.19⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦
lb
M R = 5250.1
2
in
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.10
Determine the reduction in pavement design life.
CBR := 9
4
M R := 1500⋅ CBR M R = 1.35 × 10
⎡ ⎛ ΔPSI ⎞ ⎤
⎢ log⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
(
log W 18 ) ⎢ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + + 2.32⋅ log ( M R)⎥ − 8.07
⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 5.19 ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦
6
W 18 = 8.0730705× 10
W 18
Nbefore := Nbefore = 12.288
1800⋅ 365
3
1800⋅ 1.3 = 2.34 × 10
W 18
Nafter := Nafter = 9.452
2340⋅ 365
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.11
How many years would you be 95% sure the pavement will last?
D1 := 6 D2 := 9 D3 := 10 (given)
SN = 5
single2kip := 0.000420000
⋅
TotAxleEqv = 670.86
⎡ ⎛ ΔPSI ⎞ ⎤
⎢ log⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
(
log W 18 ) ⎢ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + + 2.32⋅ log ( M R)⎥ − 8.07
⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 5.19 ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦
6
W 18 = 3.545637× 10
W 18
N := N = 14.48 years
TotAxleEqv⋅ 365
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.12
Determine the Structural Number.
N := 15 (given)
Assume:
SN := 4.0
Axle Loads:
7
DesignLaneW 18 = 1.23735× 10
So := 0.4
ΔPSI := 1.8
M R := 13750
⎡ ⎛ ΔPSI ⎞ ⎤
⎢ log⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
(
log DesignLaneW 18 ) ⎢ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + + 2.32⋅ log ( M R)⎥ − 8.07
⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 5.19 ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.13
Determine the probablility (reliability) that this pavement will
last 20 years before reaching its terminal serviceability.
D1 := 5 D2 := 6 D3 := 10 (given)
SN = 5.94
N := 20 years
single22kip := 2.264⋅ 80
TotAxleEqv = 913.12
6
W 18 := TotAxleEqv⋅ N⋅ 365 W 18 = 6.665776× 10
⎡ ⎛ ΔPSI ⎞ ⎤
⎢ log⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎝ ⎠
( ) ⎢ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + + 2.32⋅ log ( M R)⎥ − 8.07
2.7
log W 18
⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 5.19 ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦
ZR = −0.92773
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.14
Determine the probability that the pavement will have a PSI
greater than 2.5 after 20 years.
TSI := 2.5
M R := 12000
So := 0.40
D1 := 4 D2 := 6 D3 := 8 (given)
SN = 3.36
N := 20 years
6
W 18 := 1290⋅ N⋅ 365 W 18 = 9.417 × 10
⎡ ⎛ ΔPSI ⎞ ⎤
⎢ log⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎝ ⎠
( ) ⎢ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + + 2.32⋅ log ( M R)⎥ − 8.07
2.7
log W 18
⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 5.19 ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦
ZR = −0.1612
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.15
Determine probability of pavement lasting 25 years.
(given)
D1 := 4 D2 := 10 D3 := 10
(given)
M 2 := 1.0 M 3 := 1.0
N := 25 years
Axle load equivalency factors from Tables 4.2 and 4.3, interpolating for SN = 4.5
W 18 := TotAxleEqv⋅ 365⋅ 25
4
So := 0.45 CBR := 8 M R := 1500⋅ CBR M R = 1.2 × 10 (given)
log ⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎟
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
(
log W 18 ) ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log ( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + ( )
+ 2.32⋅ log M R − 8.07
0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤
⎢ 5.19 ⎥
⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦
ZR = −1.265
Probability is approximately 89.7% (interpolating from Table 4.5), that PSI will equal 2.5
after 25 years; thus, probabilities less than this will correspond to PSIs above 2.5
after 25 years
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the structural number to be used so the PCC and Problem 4.16
flexible pavements have the same life expectancy.
D := 10 So := 0.35 (given)
6
Ec := 4.5⋅ 10 CBR := 2
J := 3.0 Cd := 1.0
log⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢ (
Sc Cd ⋅ D
0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
x := ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎡ 1.624⋅ 10 ⎤ ⎢ ⎡ ⎤⎤ ⎥
− ⎡⎢
7 0.75 18.42
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ D ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ ( D + 1) 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
x = 7.156
x 7
W 18 := 10 W 18 = 1.433 × 10
6 (
CurrentW 18 := 13⋅ 10 ⋅ PDL = 1.04 × 10
7 )
6
RemainingW18 := W 18 − CurrentW 18 RemainingW18 = 3.928 × 10
Rigid Pavement Axle load equivalency factors from Tables 4.7 and 4.8, for D = 10
single12kip := 0.175
tandem24kip := 0.441
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
TotAxleEqvrigid := single12kip + tandem24kip TotAxleEqvrigid = 0.616
RemainingW18 6
RemainingTrucks := RemainingTrucks = 6.376 × 10
TotAxleEqvrigid
Flexible Pavement Axle load equivalency factors from Tables 4.2 and 4.3
Assume SN = 5
single12kip := 0.189
tandem24kip := 0.260
TotAxleEqvflex := single12kip + tandem24kip TotAxleEqvflex = 0.449
6
RemainingW18 := RemainingTrucks⋅ TotAxleEqvflex RemainingW18 = 2.863 × 10
3
M R := 1500⋅ CBR M R = 3 × 10
W 18 := RemainingW18
log⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎟
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
(
log W 18 ) ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + ( )
+ 2.32⋅ log M R − 8.07
0.40 + ⎡ ⎤
1094
⎢ 5.19 ⎥
⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦
SN = 5.07
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.17
Determine pavement slab thickness.
P := 10000 p := 90 (given)
P
a := a = 5.947 in (Eq. 4.3)
p⋅ π
σe := 218.5
⎞ ⋅ ⎛⎜ log⎛⎜ E⋅ h ⎞⎟ − 0.71⎞⎟
3
0.529⋅ ( 1 + 0.54μ ) ⋅ ⎛
P
σe
⎜ 2⎟ ⎜ ⎜ 4 ⎟ ⎟
⎝ h ⎠ ⎝ ⎝ k⋅ a ⎠ ⎠
h = 10 inches
0.25
⎡ E⋅ h
3 ⎤
l ⎢ ⎥ (Eq. 4.13)
⎢ ( 2 ⎥
⎣ 12⋅ 1 − μ ⋅ k ⎦ )
lb
k = 199.758
3
in
P ⎡ ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⋅ ⎛ ln⎛ a ⎞ + γ − 5⎞ ⎛ a⎞
2⎤
Δi ⋅⎢1 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎜ 2⋅ l ⎟ ⎟ ⋅⎜ ⎟ ⎥ (Eq. 4.12)
8⋅ k⋅ l ⎣
2 ⎝ 2⋅ π ⎠ ⎝ ⎝ ⎠ 4⎠ ⎝l⎠ ⎦
a = 4.32 inches
3⋅ P⋅ ( 1 + μ ) 3⋅ P⋅ ( 1 + μ ) ⎛ a ⎞
2
2⋅ l ⎞
σi := ⋅ ⎛⎜ ln⎛⎜
⎟ + 0.5 − γ ⎟⎞ + ⋅⎜ ⎟ (Eq. 4.11)
2⋅ π⋅ h
2 ⎝ ⎝ a ⎠ ⎠ 64⋅ h
2 ⎝l⎠
lb
σi = 297.87
2
in
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.19
Determine the modulus of elasticity of the pavement.
h := 10 P := 17000 (given)
μ := 0.36 al := 7
k := 250 Δ c := 0.05
P ⎡ ⎛ al ⎞ ⎤
Δc ⋅ ⎢ 1.205 − 0.69⋅ ⎜ ⎟⎥ (Eq. 4.18)
k⋅ l ⎣ ⎝ l ⎠⎦
2
l = 38.306
0.25
⎡ E⋅ h
3 ⎤
l ⎢ ⎥
⎢ ( 2 ⎥
⎣ 12⋅ 1 − μ ⋅ k ⎦ ) (Eq. 4.13)
6 lb
E = 5.6219543× 10
2
in
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.20
Determine the interior and edge stresses, as well as the
interior and edge slab deflections.
E := 4000000 P := 9000
μ := 0.40 a := 5
0.25
⎡ E⋅ h
3 ⎤
l := ⎢ ⎥ l = 38.883 (Eq. 4.13)
⎢ ( 2 ⎥
⎣ 12⋅ 1 − μ ⋅ k ⎦ )
3⋅ P⋅ ( 1 + μ ) 3⋅ P⋅ ( 1 + μ )
2
2⋅ l ⎞
⋅ ⎛⎜ ln⎛⎜ + 0.5 − γ ⎟⎞ + ⋅ ⎛⎜
a⎞
σi := ⎟ ⎟ (Eq. 4.11)
2⋅ π⋅ h
2 ⎝ ⎝ a ⎠ ⎠ 64⋅ h
2 ⎝l⎠
lb
σi = 111.492 2
in
P ⎡ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎛ ⎛ a ⎞ 5⎞ ⎛ a ⎞ ⎤
2
(Eq. 4.12)
Δ i := ⎢
⋅ 1+ ⎜ ⎟ ⋅ ⎜ ln⎜ ⎟ + γ − 4 ⎟ ⋅ ⎜ l ⎟ ⎥
2 ⎣ ⎝ 2⋅ π ⎠ ⎝ ⎝ 2⋅ l ⎠ ⎠⎝ ⎠ ⎦
8⋅ k⋅ l
−3
Δ i = 2.45809× 10 inches
⎞ ⋅ ⎛⎜ log⎛⎜ E⋅ h ⎞⎟ − 0.71⎞⎟
3
σe := 0.529⋅ ( 1 + 0.54⋅ μ ) ⋅ ⎛
P
(Eq. 4.15)
⎜ 2⎟ ⎜ ⎜ 4⎟ ⎟
⎝ h ⎠ ⎝ ⎝ k⋅ a ⎠ ⎠
lb
σe = 155.051
2
in
Δ e := 0.408⋅ ( 1 + 0.4μ ) ⋅ ⎛
P ⎞ (Eq. 4.16)
⎜ 2⎟
⎝ k⋅ l ⎠
−3
Δ e = 9.391 × 10 inches
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.21
Considering Ex. 4.5, determine which truck will cause more pavement
damage?
single12kip := 0.175
single23kip := 2.915
single8kip := 0.032
tandem23kip := 5.245
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine Estimated Daily Truck Traffic. Problem 4.22
D := 11 N := 20 (given)
ZR := −1.282 Sc := 600
So := 0.35 Cd := 0.8
7
W 18 = 1.162 × 10
Axle load equivalency factors from Tables 4.7, 4.8, and 4.9, for D = 11
single20kip := 1.58
tandem26kip := 0.619
triple34kip := 0.593
TotAxleEqv = 2.792
W 18
DailyDesignLaneTraffic :=
365⋅ N⋅ TotAxleEqv
DailyDesignLaneTraffic
TotalTraffic := TotalTraffic = 712.8 trucks/day (total for 3 lanes)
PDL
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.23
Determine how long pavement will last with new loading and
the additional lane.
6 TSI := 2.5
Ec := 5⋅ 10 So := 0.3
N1 := 20 years
Sc := 700 J := 3.0
CBR := 25
Before
⎡
⎢ log⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎝ 3.0
⎟
⎠
⎡
⎢ Sc Cd1⋅ D( 0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤ ⎤⎥
⎥
x1 := ⎢ ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log ⎥
⎡ 1.624⋅ 107 ⎤ ⎢ ⎡ D0.75 − ⎡ 18.42 ⎤ ⎤ ⎥ ⎥
⎢
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ ⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
0.25
⎢ ⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦⎦
x1 = 7.514
x1 7
W 18before := 10 W 18before = 3.265 × 10
Axle load equivalency factors from Tables 4.7 and 4.8, for D = 11
single18kip := 1.0
tandem28kip := 0.850
3
DailyDesignLaneTraffic = 2.418 × 10 trucks/day
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
For 2 lanes designed conservatively:
DailyDesignLaneTraffic 3
TotalDailyTraffic := TotalDailyTraffic = 2.418 × 10 trucks/day
PDL1
After
⎡
⎢ log ⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎝ 3.0
⎟
⎠
⎡
⎢ Sc Cd2⋅ D ( 0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤ ⎤⎥
⎥
x2 := ⎢ ZR ⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log ( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log ⎥
⎡ 1.624⋅ 107 ⎤ ⎢ 0.75 ⎡ 18.42 ⎤ ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎡⎢ D −⎢ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
1+
⎢ ⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
0.25
⎢ ⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦⎦
x2 = 7.182
x2 7
W 18after := 10 W 18after = 1.522 × 10
Axle load equivalency factors from Tables 4.7 and 4.8 for D = 11
single20kip := 1.58
tandem34kip := 1.96
3
TotalDailyTraffic = 2.418 × 10 trucks/day (from Before condition)
3
DailyDesignLaneTraffic2 = 1.934 × 10
W 18after
N2 := N2 = 6.1 years
365⋅ TotAxleEqv2 DailyDesignLaneTraffic2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.24
Determine the required slab thickness if a 20-year design life is used.
N := 20 (given)
Assume:
D := 11
single22kip := 2.675⋅ 80
tandem25kip := 0.5295570
⋅
tandem39kip := 3.55⋅ 50
triple48kip := 2.58⋅ 80
TotAxleEqv = 899.715
W 18 := TotAxleEqv⋅ N⋅ 365
6
W 18 = 6.5679195× 10
6
Ec := 5⋅ 10 J := 3.2 TSI := 2.5
So := 0.4 k := 200
log⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢
(
Sc Cd ⋅ D
0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
(
log W 18 ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ 0.75 ⎡ 18.42 ⎤ ⎤ ⎥
⎡ 1.624⋅ 107 ⎤ ⎡
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ D −⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
D = 11.43 inches
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.25
Determine the design modulus of rupture.
6
D := 8.5 Ec := 4⋅ 10 TSI := 2.5
J := 3.0 So := 0.5 N := 12
single8kip := 0.03251300
⋅
tandem15kip := 0.06575900
⋅
single40kip := 26⋅ 20
W 18 := TotAxleEqv⋅ N⋅ 365
6
W 18 = 5.9148615× 10
log⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢
(
Sc Cd ⋅ D
0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
( ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ ⎤⎤ ⎥
log W 18
⎡ 1.624⋅ 10 ⎤
7 ⎡ 0.75 − ⎡ 18.42
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ D ⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
lb
Sc = 575.343
2
in
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.26
Determine the assumed soil resilient modulus.
6
Ec := 6⋅ 10 TSI := 2.5 k := 190
Rigid Pavement:
TotAxleEqvrig = 632
Flexible Pavement:
SN := 4
TotAxleEqvflex = 390
log⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢
(
Sc Cd ⋅ D
0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
( ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ ⎤⎤ ⎥
log W 18
⎡ 1.624⋅ 10 ⎤
7 ⎡ 0.75 − ⎡ 18.42
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ D ⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
6
W 18 = 1.4723512× 10
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
W 18
N := N = 6.383 years
TotAxleEqvrig⋅ 365
W 18 := N⋅ TotAxleEqvflex⋅ 365 5
W 18 = 9.08571× 10
⎡ ⎛ ΔPSI ⎞ ⎤
⎢ log⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎝ 2.7 ⎠
(
log W 18 ) ⎢ZR⋅ So + 9.36( log( SN + 1) ) − 0.20 + + 2.32⋅ log ( M R)⎥ − 8.07
⎢ 0.40 + ⎡ 1094 ⎤ ⎥
⎢ ⎢ 5.19 ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ( SN + 1) ⎦ ⎦
3 lb
M R = 3.67 × 10
2
in
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
What slab thickness should have been used?
Problem 4.27
D := 8 Sc := 700 (given)
R = 90% Cd := 1.0
So := 0.3
J := 3.0
PSI := 4.6 6
Ec := 5⋅ 10
TSI := 2.5
Nyears := 20
CBR := 25
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
log⎜
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢
(
Sc Cd ⋅ D
0.75
− 1.132) ⎤
⎥
( ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ ⎤⎤ ⎥
log W 18
⎡ 1.624⋅ 107 ⎤ ⎡ 0.75
− ⎡⎢
18.42
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ D ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
6
W 18 = 5.7402× 10
Axle load equivalency factors from Tables 4.7, and 4.8. D = 11 is assumed as a result of
an iterative process.
single22kip := 2.40
tandem30kip := 1.14
TotAxleEqv := 3.54
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
AddW 18 := 1000⋅ TotAxleEqv⋅ PDL⋅ 365⋅ Nyears
7
AddW 18 = 1.938 × 10 W18 not originally included in design
7
NewW18 := W 18 + AddW 18 NewW18 = 2.512 × 10
log ⎛⎜
⎝
ΔPSI ⎞
⎟
⎠
⎡
⎢
(
Sc Cd ⋅ D
0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
( ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 +
3.0
+ ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ ⎡ 0.75 − ⎡ 18.42 ⎤⎤ ⎥
log NewW18
⎡ 1.624⋅ 107 ⎤
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢D ⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
D = 10.216 inches
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.28
Determine the number of years the pavement will last.
6
k := 200 Ec := 5⋅ 10 PSI := 4.7 So := 0.30 (given)
ΔPSI = 2.2
single32kip := 10.1⋅ 30
log⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢
(
Sc Cd ⋅ D
0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
( ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ ⎤⎤ ⎥
log W 18
⎡ 1.624⋅ 10 ⎤
7 ⎡ 0.75 − ⎡ 18.42
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ D ⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
6
W 18 = 2.8833862× 10
W 18
N := N = 7.409 years
TotAxleEqv⋅ 365
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.29
Determine the number of years the pavement will last
with a 95% reliability.
6
k := 200 Ec := 5⋅ 10 PSI := 4.7 So := 0.30 (given)
ΔPSI = 2.2
single32kip := 10.1⋅ 30
log⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢
(
Sc Cd ⋅ D
0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
(
log W 18 ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ 0.75 ⎡ 18.42 ⎤ ⎤ ⎥
⎡ 1.624⋅ 107 ⎤ ⎡
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ D −⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
6
W 18 = 1.893227× 10
W 18
N := N = 4.865 years
TotAxleEqv⋅ 365
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the design life. Problem 4.30
single2kip := 0.000220000
⋅ = 4.0 single12kip := 0.175⋅ 410 = 71.75
TotAxleEqv = 1445.27
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
log⎜
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢ Sc Cd1⋅ D ( 0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
(
log W 18 ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ 0.75 ⎡ 18.42 ⎤ ⎤ ⎥
⎡ 1.624⋅ 107 ⎤ 215.63J⋅ ⎡⎢ D
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ −⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
6
W 18 = 8.1485079× 10
W 18
N := N = 15.45 years
TotAxleEqv⋅ 365
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
log⎜
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢ Sc Cd2⋅ D (0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
( ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ ⎡ 0.75 − ⎡ 18.42 ⎤ ⎤ ⎥
log W 18
⎡ 1.624⋅ 107 ⎤
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ D ⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
6 W 18
W 18 = 3.0464048× 10 N := N = 5.77 years
TotAxleEqv⋅ 365
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 4.31
Determine how the design life of the soil changes.
D := 12 J := 3.0 Cd := 1.0
6
Ec := 6⋅ 10 ΔPSI := 2.0 N1 := 20
trucks
DailyTruckTraffic := 1227.76
day
log⎜
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢
(
Sc Cd ⋅ D
0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
( ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ ⎤⎤ ⎥
log W 18
⎡ 1.624⋅ 10 ⎤
7 ⎡ 0.75 − ⎡ 18.42
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 215.63J⋅ ⎢ D ⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
7
W 18 = 3.7684418× 10
W 18
N2 := N2 = 18.965
TotAxleEqv⋅ 365
Δ N := N1 − N2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine how the design life of the soil changes. Problem 4.32
k := 190 Sc := 600 So := 0.45 TSI := 2.5 (given)
D := 12 J := 3.0 Cd := 1.0
6
Ec := 6⋅ 10 ΔPSI := 2.0 N1 := 20
trucks
DailyTruckTraffic := 1227.76
day
⎛ ΔPSI ⎞
log⎜
⎝ 3.0 ⎠
⎟ ⎡
⎢ Sc Cd ⋅ D( 0.75
− 1.132 ) ⎤
⎥
(
log W 18 ) ZR⋅ So + 7.35⋅ ( log( D + 1) ) − 0.06 + + ( 4.22 − 0.32⋅ TSI) ⋅ log
⎢ 0.75 ⎡ 18.42 ⎤ ⎤ ⎥
⎡ 1.624⋅ 107 ⎤ 215.63J⋅ ⎡⎢ D
1+ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ −⎢ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎢ 8.46 ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎛ Ec ⎞ 0.25 ⎥ ⎥ ⎥
⎣ ( D + 1) ⎦ ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥⎥ ⎥
⎣ ⎣ ⎣ ⎝ k ⎠ ⎦⎦ ⎦
7
W 18 = 1.4857318× 10
W 18
N2 := N2 = 7.477 years
TotAxleEqv⋅ 365
Δ N := N1 − N2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the deflection at a point at a depth of 20 inches. Problem 4.33
lb 10 lb
p := 90 μ := 0.45 a := E := 45000
2 2 2
in in (given)
z := 20 in r := 20 in
use Table 4.1
z r
= 4.0000 and = 4.0000 therefore A := 0.01109 and H := 0.17640
a a
p⋅ (1 + μ) ⋅ a
⋅ ⎡⎢ ⋅ A + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ H⎤⎥
z
Δ z := Δ z = 0.0021 inches (Eq 4.6)
E ⎣a ⎦
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) Solve for radial-horizontal stress
p⋅ (1 + μ) ⋅ a
⋅ ⎡⎢ ⋅ A + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ H⎤⎥
z
Δ z := Δ z = 0.0020 inches
E ⎣a ⎦
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the deflection.
Problem 4.34
lb 12 lb
p := 100 a := in μ := 0.50 E := 55000 (given)
2 2 2
in in
z := 0 in r := 0 in (assumed since on
pavement surface)
Use Table 4.1
z r
=0 =0
a a
deflection
p⋅ (1 + μ) ⋅ a
⋅ ⎡⎢ ⋅ A + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ H⎤⎥
z
Δ z := Δ z = 0.016 in (Eq 4.6)
E ⎣a ⎦
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
1) Use stress equation
p⋅ (1 + μ) ⋅ a
⋅ ⎡⎢ ⋅ A + ( 1 − μ ) ⋅ F⎤⎥
z
a := 6 Δ z := −3
E ⎣a ⎦ Δ z = 4.091 × 10
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Deteremine the structural number of the pavement. Problem 4.35
a1 := 0.35 a2 := 0.18 a3 := 0.11 (Table 4.6)
D1 := 5 in D2 := 9 in D3 := 10 in (given)
SN = 4.31
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
1) Use M2 = 1.0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Calculate the edge stress (in lb/in 2 ).
Problem 4.36
lb lb
P := 25000 lb h := 11.0 in p := 120 E := 4500000
2 2
in in
(given)
lb
μ := 0.20 k := 180
3
in
0.25
⎡ E⋅ h 3 ⎤
l := ⎢ ⎥ l = 41.23 (Eq. 4.13)
⎣ (
⎢ 12⋅ 1 − μ 2 ) ⎥
⋅ k⎦
P (Eq. 4.14)
a := a = 8.14 in
p⋅ π
stress
⎞ ⋅ ⎛⎜ log⎛⎜ E⋅ h ⎟⎞ − 0.71⎞⎟
3
σe := 0.529⋅ ( 1 + 0.54⋅ μ ) ⋅ ⎛
P
(Eq. 4.15)
⎜ 2⎟ ⎜ ⎜ 4 ⎟ ⎟
⎝ h ⎠ ⎝ ⎝ k⋅ a ⎠ ⎠
σe = 383.76
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
1) Use al for radius of tire footprint
⎞ ⋅ ⎛⎜ log⎛⎜ E⋅ h ⎟⎞ − 0.71⎞⎟
3
σe := 0.529⋅ ( 1 + 0.54⋅ μ ) ⋅ ⎛
P
al := a⋅ 2
⎜ 2⎟ ⎜ ⎜ 4⎟ ⎟
⎝ h ⎠ ⎝ ⎝ k⋅ al ⎠ ⎠
σe = 310.85
Δ e := 0.408⋅ ( 1 + 0.4μ ) ⋅ ⎛
P ⎞
Δ e = 0.036 (Eq. 4.16)
⎜ 2⎟
⎝ k⋅ l ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the corner deflection from the load. Problem 4.37
lb
P := 10000 lb p := 110 h := 9.5 in μ := 0.18
2
in
(given)
lb lb
E := 4100000 k := 175
2 3
in in
0.25
⎡ E⋅ h 3 ⎤
l := ⎢ ⎥ l = 36.267 (Eq 4.13)
⎣ (
⎢ 12⋅ 1 − μ 2 ) ⎥
⋅ k⎦
P
a := a = 5.379 (Eq 4.14)
p⋅ π
al := a⋅ 2 al = 7.608
deformation
P ⎡ ⎛ al ⎞⎤
Δ c := ⋅ ⎢1.205 − 0.69⋅ ⎜ ⎟⎥ Δ c = 0.046 in (Eq 4.18)
k⋅ l ⎣ ⎝ l ⎠⎦
2
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
1) Use a instead of al
⋅ ⎡⎢1.205 − 0.69⋅ ⎛⎜
P a ⎞⎤
Δ c := ⎟⎥ Δ c = 0.048 in
2
k⋅ l ⎣ ⎝ l ⎠⎦
P ⎡ ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⋅ ⎛ ln⎛ a ⎞ + γ − 5 ⎞ ⋅ ⎛ a ⎞ ⎤⎥
2
Δ i := ⋅ ⎢1 + ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎜ ⎟ ⎟⎜ ⎟ Δ i = 0.005 in (Eq 4.12)
8⋅ k⋅ l ⎣ ⎝ 2π ⎠ ⎝ ⎝ 2l ⎠
2 4⎠ ⎝ l ⎠ ⎦
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the corner deflection from the load. Problem 4.38
lb
P := 12000 lb p := 100 h := 12 in
2 (given)
in
lb lb
μ := 0.16 k := 250 E := 4650000
3 2
in in
Determine al
P
a := a = 6.1804 (Eq 4.14)
p⋅ π
0.25
⎡ E⋅ h 3 ⎤
l := ⎢ ⎥ l = 40.7178 (Eq 4.13)
⎣ (
⎢ 12⋅ 1 − μ 2 ) ⎥
⋅ k⎦
P ⎡ ⎛ al ⎞⎤
Δ c := ⋅ ⎢1.205 − 0.69⋅ ⎜ ⎟⎥ Δ c = 0.0306 in (Eq 4.18)
k⋅ l ⎣ ⎝ l ⎠⎦
2
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Alternative Answers:
1) Solve for corner stress
⎡⎢ ⎛ a ⎞ 0.72⎥⎤
3⋅ P l lb
σc := ⋅ ⎢1 − ⎜ ⎟ ⎥ σc = 167.4348 (Eq 4.17)
h ⎣ ⎝ l⎠ ⎦
2 2
in
Δ e := 0.408⋅ ( 1 + 0.4⋅ μ ) ⋅ ⎛
P ⎞
Δ e = 0.0126 in (Eq 4.16)
⎜ 2⎟
⎝ k⋅ l ⎠
3) Use a in place of al
⋅ ⎡⎢1.205 − 0.69⋅ ⎛⎜
P a ⎞⎤
Δ c := ⎟⎥ Δ c = 0.0319 in
k⋅ l ⎣ ⎝ l ⎠⎦
2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual
to accompany
Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e
By
Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski
Chapter 5
Fundamentals of Traffic Flow and
Queuing Theory
U.S. Customary Units
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Preface
The solutions to the fourth edition of Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis
were prepared with the Mathcad1 software program. You will notice several notation conventions
that you may not be familiar with if you are not a Mathcad user. Most of these notation
conventions are self-explanatory or easily understood. The most common Mathcad specific
notations in these solutions relate to the equals sign. You will notice the equals sign being used in
three different contexts, and Mathcad uses three different notations to distinguish between each of
these contexts. The differences between these equals sign notations are explained as follows.
• The ‘:=’ (colon-equals) is an assignment operator, that is, the value of the variable or
expression on the left side of ‘:=’is set equal to the value of the expression on the right
side. For example, in the statement, L := 1234, the variable ‘L’ is assigned (i.e., set equal
to) the value of 1234. Another example is x := y + z. In this case, x is assigned the value
of y + z.
• The ‘=’ (bold equals) is used when the Mathcad function solver was used to find the value
of a variable in the equation. For example, in the equation
, the = is used to tell Mathcad that the value of the
expression on the left side needs to equal the value of the expression on the right side.
Thus, the Mathcad solver can be employed to find a value for the variable ‘t’ that satisfies
this relationship. This particular example is from a problem where the function for arrivals
at some time ‘t’ is set equal to the function for departures at some time ‘t’ to find the time
to queue clearance.
• The ‘=’ (standard equals) is used for a simple numeric evaluation. For example, referring
to the x := y + z assignment used previously, if the value of y was 10 [either by assignment
(with :=), or the result of an equation solution (through the use of =) and the value of z was
15, then the expression ‘x =’ would yield 25. Another example would be as follows: s :=
1800/3600, with s = 0.5. That is, ‘s’ was assigned the value of 1800 divided by 3600
(using :=), which equals 0.5 (as given by using =).
Another symbol you will see frequently is ‘→’. In these solutions, it is used to perform an
evaluation of an assignment expression in a single statement. For example, in the following
statement, , Q(t) is assigned the value of
Arrivals(t) – Departures(t), and this evaluates to 2.2t – 0.10t2.
Finally, to assist in quickly identifying the final answer, or answers, for what is being asked in the
problem statement, yellow highlighting has been used (which will print as light gray).
1
www.mathcad.com
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine space-mean speed at capacity and free-flow speed. Problem 5.1
⎡⎢ ⎛ k ⎞ 3.5⎤⎥
u uf ⋅ 1 − ⎜ ⎟ k j := 225 qcap := 3800 (given)
⎢ ⎥
⎣ ⎝ kj ⎠ ⎦
⎡⎢ ⎛k⎞
3.5⎤
⎥
q k ⋅u uf ⋅ k − k ⋅ ⎜ ⎟ (Eq. 5.14)
⎢ ⎥
⎣ ⎝ kj ⎠ ⎦
d
at capacity, q 0
dk
⎡ ⎛ k 3.5 ⎞⎤
0 ⎢1 − 4.5 ⋅ ⎜
cap ⎟⎥
⎢ ⎜ k 3.5 ⎟⎥
⎣ ⎝ j ⎠⎦
k cap = 146.4
qcap mi
ucap := ucap = 25.96
k cap h
qcap mi
uf := uf = 33.37
3.5 h
⎛ kcap ⎟⎞
k cap − k cap ⋅ ⎜
⎜⎝ k j ⎟⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
a = −3.222
b := −2 ⋅ a ⋅ u
b = 193.333
u2 = 51.58 mi/h
q := 0
u = 60 mi/h
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.3
Determine the capacity, speed at capacity, and density at one
quarter capacity.
(
q ( k ) := 50 ⋅ k − 0.156 ⋅ k
2 ) (given)
d
q ( k ) → 50 − .312 ⋅ k
dk
0 50 − .312 ⋅ k cap
k cap := 160
( )
veh
qcap := q k cap qcap = 4006.4
h
qcap mi
ucap := ucap = 25.04
k cap h
at 25% of capacity
qcap
q :=
4
veh
q = 1001.6
h
veh
k 1 = 21.5
m
veh
k 2 = 299
m
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Calculate the flow, average speed, and density of the traffic
Problem 5.4
stream in this lane.
hbar := 3 s bar := 150 (given)
1
q := (Eq. 5.4)
hbar
1
k :=
s bar (Eq. 5.13)
q ⋅ 3600
u := u = 34.09 mi/hr
k ⋅ 5280
Also
3600
q := q = 1200 veh/hr/ln
hbar
5280
k := k = 35.2 veh/mi/ln
s bar
s bar 3600
u := u = 50 ft/s u⋅ = 34.09 mi/hr
hbar 5280
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the time-mean speed and space-mean speed.
Problem 5.5
Spacing := 2640 ft
For 30 minutes
t := 30
⎛ 60 ⎞
Freq1 := t ⋅ ⎜ Freq1 = 30
⎟ vehicles in 30 minutes
⎝ Hdwy1 ⎠
⎛ 60 ⎞
Freq2 := t ⋅ ⎜ Freq2 = 45
⎟
⎝ Hdwy2 ⎠
⎛ 60 ⎞
Freq3 := t ⋅ ⎜ Freq3 = 60
⎟
⎝ Hdwy3 ⎠
1
us_bar :=
1 ⎡ ⎛
⋅ ⎢Freq1 ⋅ ⎜
1 ⎞ + Freq ⋅ ⎛ 1 ⎞ + Freq ⋅ ⎛ 1 ⎞⎤
Freq1 + Freq2 + Freq3
⎟ 2 ⎜ Speed ⎟ 3 ⎜ Speed ⎟⎥
⎣ ⎝ Speed1 ⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠⎦
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.6
Determine the time-mean speed and space-mean speed.
5280 5280
u1 := 195⋅ u1 = 286 ft/s u2 := 190⋅ u2 = 278.667
3600 3600
5280 5280
u3 := 185⋅ u3 = 271.333 u4 := 180⋅ u4 = 264
3600 3600
2.5 ⋅ 5280
secperlap1 := secperlap1 = 46.154
u1
2.5 ⋅ 5280
secperlap2 := secperlap2 = 47.368
u2
2.5 ⋅ 5280
secperlap3 := secperlap3 = 48.649
u3
2.5 ⋅ 5280
secperlap4 := secperlap4 = 50
u4
total_sec total_sec
laps1 := laps1 = 39 laps2 := laps2 = 38
secperlap1 secperlap2
total_sec total_sec
laps3 := laps3 = 37 laps4 := laps4 = 36
secperlap3 secperlap4
3600
TMS = 275.244 ft/s TMS ⋅ = 187.67 mi/h
5280
1
SMS :=
1 ⎛
⋅ ⎜ laps1 ⋅
1
+ laps2 ⋅
1
+ laps3 ⋅
1
+ laps4 ⋅
1 ⎞
total_laps u1 u2 u3 u4
⎟
⎝ ⎠
3600
SMS = 275 ft/s SMS ⋅ = 187.5 mi/h
5280
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.7
Determine the space-mean speed.
Problem 5.8
Estimate the probability of having 4 cars in an interval.
t := 13 sec
− q ⋅ ( t)
3600 (Eq. 5.26)
P ( h ≥ 13) e
− 0.0036 ⋅ q
0.6 e
ln ( 0.6)
q := q = 141.9 veh/h
−0.0036
q
qsec := qsec = 0.039 veh/s
3600
x := 30 ⋅ qsec x = 1.182
n −x
x ⋅e
P ( n) := P ( 4) = 0.025
n!
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine how many of these 120 intervals have 3 cars arriving.
Problem 5.9
t := 20 sec
(Given)
18
P ( 0)
120
n − λ⋅ t
( λ ⋅ t) ⋅ e
P ( n) (Eq. 5.23)
n!
λ = 0.095 veh/s
n − λ⋅ t
( λ ⋅ t) ⋅ e
P ( n) :=
n!
P ( 3) = 0.1707
Extra
λ ⋅ 20 = 1.897 veh/20 s
λ ⋅ 60 = 5.691 veh/min
− qt
3600 (Eq. 5.26)
P ( 0) e
− q ( 20 )
18 3600
e
20
− q( 0.00556 )
0.15 e
ln ( 0.15) −q ( 0.00556)
ln ( 0.15)
q := − q = 341.2
0.00556
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.10
Determine percentages for headways.
vehicles
q := q = 0.095
time
− q⋅ t (Eq. 5.26)
P ( t) := e
P ( h ≥ 10)
(
P tgreat = 0.387 ) P(h >= 10) = 0.387
P ( h ≥ 6)
(
P tless = 0.566 )
P ( h < 6) 1 − P ( h ≥ 6)
(
1 − P tless = 0.434 ) P(h < 6) = 0.434
Problem 5.11
Determine the probability of an accident.
− q⋅ t
(Eq. 5.26)
3600
P ( h ≥ 4) e
− q⋅ t
3600
e = 0.733
P ( h < 4) 1 − P ( h ≥ 4)
− q⋅ t
3600
1−e = 0.267 Probability of an accident = 0.267
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.12
Determine the driver reaction times that would make the probability
of an accident occuring equal to 0.15.
q := 280 (given)
P ( h ≥ t) 0.85
t = 2.09 s
t − 1.5 = 0.59
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.14
Determine the total vehicle delay.
Queue at t = 30 min
Q30 := λ1 ⋅ 20 + λ2 ⋅ 10 − μ ⋅ 30
Q30 = 40
t = 20 min
t + 30 = 50 min
20 ⋅ 80 ( 80 + 40) ⋅ 10 40 ⋅ 20
Dt := + + Dt = 1800 veh − min
2 2 2
Also
t1 := 20
t2 := 10
t3 := 20
D t = 1800
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.16
Determine when the queue will dissipate and the total delay.
⌠
⎮ -3 2
Arrivals( t ) := λ ( t ) dt → 4.10 ⋅ t + 5.00 ⋅ 10 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
⌠
⎮
Departures( t ) := μ dt → 12 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
t = 15.34 min
Check that total arrivals equals total departures after 15.34 min
Arrivals( t ) = 64.065
Departures( t ) = 64.065
t
⌠ 2
Dt := ⎮ 4.1 ⋅ t + 0.005 ⋅ t dt − 0.5 ⋅ b ⋅ h
⌡
0
t
⌠ 2
Dt := ⎮ 4.1 ⋅ t + 0.005 ⋅ t dt − [ ( 0.5) ⋅ ( t − 10) ⋅ ( Departures( t ) ) ]
⌡
0
Dt = 317.32 veh-min
Alternative total delay calculation (taking integrals for both arrival and departure functions)
Q ( t) := Arrivals( t ) − Departures( t )
⌠ ⌠
t
⌠
t
⎮
Dt := Q ( t ) dt Dt := ⎮ Arrivals( t ) dt − ⎮ Departures( t ) dt
⎮ ⌡ ⌡
⌡ 0 10
Dt = 317.32 veh-min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.17
Determine time when queue clears.
⌠
⎮ -3 2
Arrivals( t ) := λ ( t) dt → 5.20 ⋅ t − 5.00 ⋅ 10 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
Integrate to obtain # of departures at specific time
⌠
⎮ 2
Departures( t ) := μ ( t) dt → 3.30 ⋅ t + 1.20 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
Since vehicle service begins (i.e., toll booth opens) 10 minutes after vehicles begin to arrive,
2
Departures( t ) := 3.3( t − 10) + 1.2 ⋅ ( t − 10)
t = 2.792
( )
Departures t con = 18.565
Departures
10( 22.265 − 12.792) = 94.73 arrivals after arrival rate becomes 10 veh/min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.18
Determine the total delay and the longest queue length .
⌠
⎮
Arrivals( t ) := λ dt → 6 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
⌠
⎮ 2
Departures( t ) := μ ( t) dt → 2. ⋅ t + .250 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
2
Q ( t) := Arrivals( t ) − Departures( t ) → 4. ⋅ t − .250 ⋅ t
or
⌠ ⌠
⎮ ⎮ 2
Q ( t) := λ dt − μ ( t) dt → 4. ⋅ t − .250 ⋅ t
⎮ ⎮
⌡ ⌡
t = 16
16
⌠
Delay := ⎮ Q ( t) dt → 170.667 veh − min
⌡
0
d
Q ( t) 4 − 0.5 ⋅ t 0
dt
4
t := t=8
0.5
2
Q ( t) := 4 ⋅ t − 0.25 ⋅ t Q ( 8) = 16 cars
Check
Arrivals( 8) = 48
Departures( 8) = 32
Q := Arrivals( 8) − Departures( 8) → 16.000
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.19
Determine the delay and queue information.
λ ( t) := 5.2 − 0.20t veh/min μ := 3 veh/min (given)
⌠
⎮ 2
Arrivals( t ) := λ ( t) dt → 5.20 ⋅ t − .100 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
⌠
⎮
Departures( t ) := μ dt → 3 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
Time to queue clearance
2
Q ( t) := Arrivals( t ) − Departures( t ) → 2.20 ⋅ t − .100 ⋅ t or
⌠ ⌠
⎮ ⎮ 2
Q ( t) := λ ( t ) dt − μ dt → 2.20 ⋅ t − .100 ⋅ t
⎮ ⎮
⌡ ⌡
t = 22
22
⌠
Delay := ⎮ Q ( t) dt → 177.467 veh − min
⌡
0
d 2.2
Q ( t) 2.2 − .2 ⋅ t 0 t := t = 11
dt 0.2
3t − 20 0
t = 6.667 time when 20th vehicle departs
⌠
⎮ 2
Arrivals( t ) := λ ( t) dt → 1.20 ⋅ t + .150 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
⌠
⎮
Departures( t ) := μ dt → 12 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
2
1.2 ⋅ t + 0.15 ⋅ t 12 ⋅ ( t − 10)
t = 13.729 min
t t
⌠ ⌠
Dt := ⎮ Arrivals( t ) dt − ⎮ Departures( t ) dt
⌡ ⌡
0 10
Dt = 159.04 veh-min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the average length of queue,
Problem 5.23
average time spent in the system, and
average waiting time spent in the queue.
M/M/1
μ := 5 λ := 4 (given)
λ
ρ := ρ = 0.8 (Eq. 5.27)
μ
2
ρ
Qbar := Qbar = 3.2 veh (Eq. 5.31)
1−ρ
1
tbar := tbar = 1 min/veh (Eq. 5.33)
μ−λ
λ
wbar := wbar = 0.8 min/veh (Eq. 5.32)
μ ⋅ ( μ − λ)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the average length of queue,
Problem 5.24
average time spent in the system, and
average waiting time spent in the queue.
M/D/1
μ := 3 λ := 2 (given)
λ
ρ := ρ = 0.667 (Eq. 5.27)
μ
2
ρ
Qbar := Qbar = 0.667 veh (Eq. 5.28)
2⋅(1 − ρ )
ρ
wbar := wbar = 0.333 min/veh (Eq. 5.30)
2⋅μ ⋅(1 − ρ )
2−ρ
tbar := tbar = 0.667 min/veh (Eq. 5.29)
2⋅μ ⋅(1 − ρ )
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.26
Determine the new distribution rate required to clear the queue.
μ = 12 veh/min
Problem 5.27
Determine the arrival rate.
μ := 4 veh/min
lane_cap := 30 vehicles
at queue clearance
λ ⋅ tc (
μ ⋅ tc − tp )
Where t p is the time until processing begins (i.e., time at which queuing lane becomes full)
lane_cap
tp
λ
⎛ tc ⎞
λ ⋅ tc μ ⋅ ⎜ tc − ⎟
⎝ λ ⎠
λ=2 veh/min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.28
Develop an expression for determining processing rates
in terms of x.
λ⋅t x
and since λ 2
x
t at queue dissipation
2
λ⋅t μ ⋅ ( t − 13)
substituting gives
x
μ
x
− 13
2
Problem 5.29
Determine the time until queue dissipation.
1
⋅b⋅h 3600 Delay is calculated by finding area of triangle formed by
2 uniform arrival and departure rates
3600⋅ 2
h := h = 240
b
μ := 4 veh/min
(given)
h
= 60 min time until queue to clearance after arrival of first vehicle
μ
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.30
Determine when the queue dissipates, the total delay, and the
length of the longest queue.
μ := 2 veh/min
⌠
⎮ 2
Arrivals( t ) := λ ( t) dt → 4.30 ⋅ t − .110 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
⌠
⎮
Departures( t ) := μ dt → 2 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
Arrivals( t ) Departures( t )
2
4.3 ⋅ t − 0.11 ⋅ t 2⋅t
t = 20.91 min
t
⌠ 1
Dt := ⎮ Arrivals( t ) dt − ⋅ t ⋅ ( μ ⋅ t) second term is triangular area
⌡ 2 formed by uniform departures
0
2
Q ( t) := Arrivals( t ) − Departures( t ) → 2.30 ⋅ t − .110 ⋅ t
d
Q ( t) 0 0.22t − 2.3
dt
2.3
t :=
0.22
t = 10.455
Q ( t) = 12.02 veh
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.31
Determine how many veh/min should be processed.
⌠
t ⌠
Q ( t) ⎮ 3.3 − 0.1 ⋅ t dt − ⎮ μ dt
⌡ ⎮
0 ⌡
2
Q ( t) 3.3 ⋅ t − 0.05 ⋅ t − μ ⋅ t
for maximum
d
Q ( t) 0 3.3 − 0.1 ⋅ t − μ
dt
3.3 − μ
t
0.1
2
⎛ 3.3 − μ ⎞ − 0.05 ⋅ ⎛ 3.3 − μ ⎞ − μ ⋅ ⎛ 3.3 − μ ⎞
Q ( t) 3.3 ⋅ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ 4
⎝ 0.1 ⎠ ⎝ 0.1 ⎠ ⎝ 0.1 ⎠
μ = 2.41 veh/min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.32
Determine the probability that the number of trucks will
exceed 5.
λ
ρ := ρ = 0.75 (Eq. 5.27)
μ
N := 1
1 (Eq. 5.34)
P0 := P0 = 0.25
ρ
1+
1−ρ
n
ρ ⋅ P0
Pn (Eq. 5.36)
n− N
N ⋅ N!
1
ρ ⋅ P0
P1 := P1 = 0.1875
1− N
N ⋅ N!
2
ρ ⋅ P0
P2 := P2 = 0.1406
2− N
N ⋅ N!
3
ρ ⋅ P0
P3 := P3 = 0.1055
3− N
N ⋅ N!
4
ρ ⋅ P0
P4 := P4 = 0.0791
4− N
N ⋅ N!
5
ρ ⋅ P0
P5 := P5 = 0.0593
5− N
N ⋅ N!
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.33
Determine the number of spaces.
1
P0 := (Eq. 5.34)
1 2 3 4 5 6
2 2 2 2 2 2
1+ + + + + +
1! 2! 3! 4! 5! ( 6!) ⋅ 0.5
P0 = 0.134
N+ 1
P0 ⋅ ρ
Pn_greater_than_N (Eq. 5.37)
⎛ ρ⎞
N! ⋅ N ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ N⎠
N := 6
N+ 1
P0 ⋅ ρ
P6 :=
⎛
N! ⋅ N ⋅ ⎜ 1 −
ρ⎞
⎟
⎝ N⎠
N := 5
N+ 1
P0 ⋅ ρ
P5 :=
⎛
N! ⋅ N ⋅ ⎜ 1 −
ρ⎞
⎟
⎝ N⎠
P5 = 0.024
so 6 spaces must be provided, because with only 5 spaces, the probability of 2.4% exceeds 1%
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.34
Determine the total time spent in system by all vehicles
in a one hour period.
1
λ := 430⋅ λ = 7.167 veh/min (given)
60
1
μ := ⋅ 60 μ=6 veh/min
10
λ
ρ := ρ = 1.194 (Eq. 5.27)
μ
N := 2
ρ
= 0.597
N
1
P0 := P0 = 0.252 (Eq. 5.34)
2
ρ ρ
1+ +
1! ⎛
2! ⋅ ⎜ 1 −
ρ ⎞
⎟
⎝ N⎠
N+ 1
P0 ⋅ ρ
Qbar :=
⎡
⋅⎢
1 ⎤⎥ Qbar = 0.662 veh (Eq. 5.38)
N! ⋅ N ⎢⎛ ρ⎞ ⎥
2
⎢ ⎜1 − N ⎟ ⎥
⎣⎝ ⎠ ⎦
ρ + Qbar
tbar := tbar = 0.259 min/veh (Eq. 5.40)
λ
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 5.35
Determine the minimum number of booths needed.
1
λ := 500⋅ λ = 8.333 veh/min
(given)
60
1
μ := ⋅ 60 μ=4 veh/min
15
λ
ρ := ρ = 2.083 (Eq. 5.27)
μ
N := 3
1
P0 := P0 = 0.098 (Eq. 5.34)
2 3
ρ ρ ρ
1+ + +
1! 2! ⎛ ρ ⎞
3! ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ N⎠
N+ 1
P0 ⋅ ρ
⎡ ⎤ 1
Qbar := ⋅⎢ ⎥ Qbar = 1.101 veh (Eq. 5.38)
N! ⋅ N ⎢⎛ ρ⎞ ⎥
2
⎢ ⎜1 − N ⎟ ⎥
⎣⎝ ⎠ ⎦
try 4 booths
N := 4
1
P0 := P0 = 0.119 (Eq. 5.34)
2 3 4
ρ ρ ρ ρ
1+ + + +
1! 2! 3! ⎛ ρ⎞
4! ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ N⎠
N+ 1
P0 ⋅ ρ
⎡ ⎤1
Qbar := ⋅⎢ ⎥ Qbar = 0.212 veh (Eq. 5.38)
N! ⋅ N ⎢⎛ ρ⎞ ⎥
2
⎢ ⎜1 − N ⎟ ⎥
⎣⎝ ⎠ ⎦
ρ + Qbar 1
wbar := − wbar = 0.025 min/veh (Eq. 5.39)
λ μ
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the time-mean speed of the minivans.
Problem 5.36
velocities
l mi l mi
V1 := ⋅ 3600 V2 := ⋅ 3600
t1 h t2 h
l mi l mi
V3 := ⋅ 3600 V4 := ⋅ 3600
t3 h t4 h
l mi
V5 := ⋅ 3600
t5 h
time-mean speed
n
∑ ui (Eq 5.5)
i=1
ut
n
V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 mi
u t := u t = 102.332
n h
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
1) Use space-mean speed equation
1 mi
u s := u s = 102.079 (Eq 5.9)
⋅⎛ ⎞
1 1 1 1 1 1 h
+ + + +
n ⎜ V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
2) Use all vehicles and not just minivans
3 mi 3 mi 3 mi
V6 := ⋅ 3600 V7 := ⋅ 3600 V8 := ⋅ 3600
101 h 85 h 95 h
V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 + V6 + V7 + V8 mi
u t := u t = 107.417
8 h
3) Inattention to rounding
mi mi mi mi mi
V1 := 110 V2 := 100 V3 := 96 V4 := 100 V5 := 106
h h h h h
V1 + V2 + V3 + V4 + V5 mi
u t := u t = 102.4
n h
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the probability that more than five vehicles will arrive in Problem 5.37
a one-minute interval.
400 veh
λ := t := 60 s (given)
3600 s
n 0 := 0 n 1 := 1 n 2 := 2 n 3 := 3 n 4 := 4 n 5 := 5
n0 − λ ⋅ t
( λ ⋅ t) ⋅ e
P0 := P0 = 0.0013 (Eq 5.23)
n 0!
n1 − λ ⋅ t
( λ ⋅ t) ⋅ e
P1 := P1 = 0.0085
n 1!
n2 − λ ⋅ t
( λ ⋅ t) ⋅ e
P2 := P2 = 0.0283
n 2!
n3 − λ ⋅ t
( λ ⋅ t) ⋅ e
P3 := P3 = 0.0628
n 3!
n4 − λ ⋅ t
( λ ⋅ t) ⋅ e
P4 := P4 = 0.1047
n 4!
n5 − λ ⋅ t
( λ ⋅ t) ⋅ e
P5 := P5 = 0.1397
n 5!
P := 1 − P0 − P1 − P2 − P3 − P4 − P5 P = 0.6547
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
1) Do not account for P(0)
P := 1 − P1 − P2 − P3 − P4 − P5 P = 0.656
P := 1 − P0 − P1 − P2 − P3 − P4 P = 0.7944
n6 − λ ⋅ t
( λ ⋅ t) ⋅ e
n 6 := 6 P6 := P6 = 0.1552
n 6!
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
At what time does the maximum queue length occur. Problem 5.38
2
λ ( t) := 1.8 + 0.25⋅ t − 0.003⋅ t μ ( t) := 1.4 + 0.11⋅ t t := 60 min (given)
set the integral arrival and departure rates equal to each other
t t
⌠ 2 ⌠
⎮ 1.8 + 0.25⋅ t − 0.003⋅ t dt ⎮ 1.4 + 0.11⋅ t dt
⌡ ⌡
0 0
2 3 2
1.8⋅ t + 0.125t − 0.001⋅ t 1.4⋅ t + 0.055⋅ t
3 2
Q( t) := −0.001⋅ t + 0.07⋅ t + 0.4⋅ t
d 2
Q( t) −.003⋅ t + 0.14⋅ t + 0.4 0
dt
t1 :=
−0.14 + (0.142) − 4⋅−0.003⋅0.4 t1 = −2.7 min
2⋅ −0.003
t2 :=
−0.14 − (0.142) − 4⋅−0.003⋅0.4 t2 = 49.4 min (this is the reasonable answer of the
2⋅ −0.003 two provided by the quadratic
equation)
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
60 60
⌠ 2 ⌠
⎮ 1.8 + 0.25⋅ t − 0.003⋅ t dt − ⎮ 1.4 + 0.11⋅ t dt = 60 min
⌡ ⌡
0 0
2) Take the t1 value as positive
t := 2.701 min
3 2
Q( t) := −0.001⋅ t + 0.07⋅ t + 0.4⋅ t
3 2
−0.001⋅ t + 0.07⋅ t + 0.4⋅ t 0
t :=
−0.07 + (0.072) − 4⋅−0.001⋅0.4 t=0 t⋅ 3660 = 19.4 min
2 − 0.001
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the average waiting time for this queuing system.
Problem 5.39
200 veh 60 veh
λ := μ := (given)
60 min 15 min
λ
ρ := ρ = 0.833 (Eq 5.27)
μ
λ min
w := w = 1.25 (Eq 5.32)
μ⋅ ( μ − λ ) veh
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
1) Assume M/D/1
2
ρ min
Q := Q = 4.167 (Eq 5.28)
( 1 − ρ) veh
(note: the units for the average queue length equation are actually in "veh" so that
should be an obvious sign this is the inocrrect equation to use.)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the average time spent in the system.
Problem 5.40
60 veh 60 veh
λ := μ := (given)
60 min 30 min
1 min
t := t=1 (Eq 5.33)
μ−λ veh
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
λ 2−ρ min
ρ := t := t = 0.75 (Eq 5.30)
μ 2⋅ μ ⋅ ( 1 − ρ) veh
1 min
λ := 60 μ := 120 t := t = 0.017
μ−λ veh
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
How would the probability of waiting in a queue
change if a fourth toll both were opened?
Problem 5.41
850 60
λ := μ :=
60 12
(given)
N := 3
λ
ρ := ρ = 2.833
μ
1
P0 := P0 = 0.013 (Eq 5.34)
2 3
ρ ρ ρ
1+ + +
ρ
3!⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎞
1! 2!
⎟
⎝ N⎠
N+1
P0⋅ ρ
P3 := P3 = 0.847
ρ
N!⋅ N ⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎟⎞ (Eq 5.37)
⎝ N⎠
N := 4
1
P0 := P0 = 0.048 (Eq 5.34)
2 3 4
ρ ρ ρ ρ
1+ + + +
ρ
4!⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎞
1! 2! 3!
⎟
⎝ N⎠
N+1
P0⋅ ρ
P4 := P4 = 0.313 (Eq 5.37)
ρ
N!⋅ N ⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎟⎞
⎝ N⎠
calculate difference
P3 − P4 = 0.534
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Alternative Answers
P3 = 0.847
P4 = 0.313
N := 3
n
ρ ⋅ P0
Pn3 := Pn3 = 0.09
n− N
N ⋅ N!
N := 4
n
ρ ⋅ P0
Pn4 := Pn4 = 0.003
n− N
N ⋅ N!
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual
to accompany
Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e
By
Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski
Chapter 6
Highway Capacity and Level of Service
Analysis
U.S. Customary Units
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Preface
The solutions to the fourth edition of Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis
were prepared with the Mathcad1 software program. You will notice several notation
conventions that you may not be familiar with if you are not a Mathcad user. Most of these
notation conventions are self-explanatory or easily understood. The most common Mathcad
specific notations in these solutions relate to the equals sign. You will notice the equals sign
being used in three different contexts, and Mathcad uses three different notations to distinguish
between each of these contexts. The differences between these equals sign notations are
explained as follows.
• The ‘:=’ (colon-equals) is an assignment operator, that is, the value of the variable or
expression on the left side of ‘:=’is set equal to the value of the expression on the right
side. For example, in the statement, L := 1234, the variable ‘L’ is assigned (i.e., set
equal to) the value of 1234. Another example is x := y + z. In this case, x is assigned
the value of y + z.
• The ‘=’ (bold equals) is used when the Mathcad function solver was used to find the
value of a variable in the equation. For example, in the equation
, the = is used to tell Mathcad that the value of
the expression on the left side needs to equal the value of the expression on the right
side. Thus, the Mathcad solver can be employed to find a value for the variable ‘t’ that
satisfies this relationship. This particular example is from a problem where the function
for arrivals at some time ‘t’ is set equal to the function for departures at some time ‘t’ to
find the time to queue clearance.
• The ‘=’ (standard equals) is used for a simple numeric evaluation. For example,
referring to the x := y + z assignment used previously, if the value of y was 10 [either by
assignment (with :=), or the result of an equation solution (through the use of =) and the
value of z was 15, then the expression ‘x =’ would yield 25. Another example would be
as follows: s := 1800/3600, with s = 0.5. That is, ‘s’ was assigned the value of 1800
divided by 3600 (using :=), which equals 0.5 (as given by using =).
Another symbol you will see frequently is ‘→’. In these solutions, it is used to perform an
evaluation of an assignment expression in a single statement. For example, in the following
statement, , Q(t) is assigned the value of
Arrivals(t) – Departures(t), and this evaluates to 2.2t – 0.10t2.
Finally, to assist in quickly identifying the final answer, or answers, for what is being asked in
the problem statement, yellow highlighting has been used (which will print as light gray).
1
www.mathcad.com
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.1
Determine the hourly volume.
BFFS := 65 (given)
PT := 0.10 (given)
1
fHV := fHV = 0.87 (Eq. 6.5)
(
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 )
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.2
Determine the grade length.
V := 5435 (given)
V
vp (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp
fHV = 0.867
PT := 0.10 (given)
1
( )
fHV (Eq. 6.5)
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1
ET = 2.54
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.3
Determine the maximum number of large trucks and buses.
first, determine the heavy vehicle factor
assume urban freeway
BFFS := 70 (given)
1800
PHF := PHF = 0.6429 (Eq. 6.4)
700⋅ 4
fp := 1.0 N := 2 (given)
1800 1400
vp (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp fHV
⎛ 1770 − 1680 ⎞
vp := 1680 + ( FFS − 65) ⋅ ⎜ ⎟ vp = 1689
⎝ 70 − 65 ⎠
1400
fHV := fHV = 0.8289
vp
1 1 1
(Eq. 6.5)
( )
fHV
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 1 + PT⋅ ( 2.5 − 1) 1 + 1.5PT
1
1 + 1.5 ⋅ PT
fHV
PT = 0.1376
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.4
Determine the level of service
V := 1800 (given)
180
PT := PT = 0.1
V
1
fHV := fHV = 0.769 (Eq. 6.5)
(
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 )
(given)
PHF := 0.643 N := 2
V (Eq. 6.3)
vp := vp = 1819.6 pc/h/ln
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV
LOS C = 1680
LOS D = 2090
Alternative solution:
by interpolation,
V
D := D = 28.125 pc/mi/ln (Eq. 6.6)
64
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.5
Determine the driver population factor.
Solve for f
HV
1
fHV := fHV = 0.833 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
Freeway is operating at capacity, so for FFS = 55 mi/h vp := 2250 (Table 6.1)
V
vp
PHF ⋅ fHV ⋅ N ⋅ fp
fp = 0.867
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.6
Determine the new level of service.
BFFS := 60
FFS := BFFS − fLW − fLC − fN − fID FFS = 57.5 mi/h (Eq. 6.2)
PT := 0.12 PR := 0.06
1
fHV := fHV = 0.625 (Eq. 6.5)
( )
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 ( )
calculate LOS before and after lane addition
2300 + 2250
= 2275 vp := 2275 (Table 6.1 by interpolation)
2
V
vp V := vp ⋅ PHF ⋅ fHV ⋅ N1 ⋅ fp (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ fHV ⋅ N1 ⋅ fp
V = 2252.25
V
vp2 := (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ fHV ⋅ N2 ⋅ fp
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.7
Determine the LOS.
2500
= 0.473 mi
5280
PT := 0.05 (given)
1
fHV := fHV = 0.952 (Eq. 6.5)
(
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 )
N := 2.0 PHF := 0.90 fp := 1.0 V := 2000 (given)
V
vp := vp = 1166.667 pc/h/ln (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp
determine FFS
BFFS := 65 (given)
vp
D := D = 19.88 pc/mi/ln therefore LOS is C (Eq. 6.6)
FFS
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine density and level of service before and after the ban.
Problem 6.9
Before:
1
fHVTB := fHVTB = 0.858
(
1 + PTB⋅ ETB − 1 ) (Eq. 6.5)
V
vp := vp = 1655.526 (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ fHVTB⋅ fp ⋅ N
BFFS := 70 (given)
vp
D := D = 26.5 pc/mi/ln LOS D (Eq. 6.6)
S
After:
(
Vnew := V ⋅ 1 − PT ) Vnew = 5076
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
NumBuses
PBnew :=
Vnew PBnew = 0.053
EB := 2.5 (given)
1
fHVB := fHVB = 0.926 (Table 6.7)
(
1 + PBnew ⋅ EB − 1 )
(Eq. 6.5)
Vnew
vp := vp = 1442.368
PHF ⋅ fHVB ⋅ fp ⋅ N
(Eq. 6.3)
S := 62.5
vp (Figure 6.2)
D := D = 23.1 pc/mi/ln LOS C
S
(Eq. 6.6)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.10
Determine the density, v/c ratio, and LOS before and after the strike.
BFFS := 65 (given)
(Eq. 6.7)
FFS := BFFS − fLW − fLC − fN − fID FFS = 57 mi/h
(
V2 := V1 − PB ⋅ V1 + 6 ⋅ PB ⋅ V1 ) V2 = 4560
1
fHVTB := fHVTB = 0.847 (Eq. 6.5)
(
1 + PTB ⋅ ETB − 1 )
V1 ⋅ PT
Calculate new P
T PT := PT = 0.017
V2
1
fHVT := fHVT = 0.938
(
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 )
N := 3 fp := 1.0 (given)
V1
vp1 := vp1 = 1660.741 (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHVTB⋅ fp
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
vp1 vp1 (Eq. 6.6)
= 0.732 D :=
c FFS
V2 (Eq. 6.3)
vp2 := vp2 = 1801.481
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHVT⋅ fp
vp2 vp2
= 0.794 D := D = 31.6 pc/mi/ln LOS D (Eq. 6.6)
c FFS
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.11
Determine level of service.
PT := 0.06 PR := 0.02 (given)
1
fHV := fHV = 0.967 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
V := 1300 PHF := 0.85 fp := 0.95 N := 2 (given)
V
vp := vp = 832.322 pc/mi/ln (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp
FFS := 45 (given)
Problem 6.12
Determine the number of vehicles added.
FFS := 45 (given)
PT := 0.06 PR := 0.02
ET := 1.5 ER := 1.2
1
fHV := fHV := 0.967
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
(from Problem 6.11)
Vprev := 1300
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.13
Determine the level of service.
Estimate FFS
fM := 0 (Table 6.14)
1
fHV := fHV = 0.833 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
V := 4000 veh/h PHF := 0.90 N := 3 fp := 0.95 (given)
V
vp := vp = 1871.345 pc/h/ln (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp
vp
D := (Eq. 6.6)
S
D = 36.34 veh/mi/ln
(Table 6.11 or Figure 6.4)
LOS E
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.14
Determine LOS before and after the development.
Before:
1
fHV := fHV = 0.847 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
PHF := 0.95 N := 2 fp := 0.90 V := 2300 (given)
V
vp := vp = 1587.135 (Eq. 6.3)
N ⋅ PHF ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp
vp
D := D = 34.5 which is LOS D (Eq. 6.6)
S
After:
(Table 6.15)
fA := 3.0
Vnew := 2700
Vnew
vp := vp = 1863.158 (Eq. 6.3)
N ⋅ PHF ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.15
Determine the level of service before and after trucks are allowed.
Before:
PB := 0.02 (given)
1
fHVB := fHVB = 0.952 (Eq. 6.5)
(
1 + PB ⋅ EB − 1 )
V := 1900 PHF := 0.80 N := 2 fp1 := 1.0 (given)
V
vp := vp = 1246.875 pc/h/ln (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHVB ⋅ fp1
After:
Vnew := V + 150
Buses := PB ⋅ V Buses = 38
Buses
PBnew := PBnew = 0.019
Vnew
150
PT := PT = 0.073
Vnew
1
fHV := fHV = 0.879 (Eq. 6.5)
(
1 + PTB⋅ ETB − 1. )
fp2 := 0.97 (given)
Vnew
vpnew := vpnew = 1502.577 (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.16
Determine the directional hourly volume.
calculate FFS
PT := 0.08 (given)
1
fHV := fHV = 0.962 (Eq. 6.5)
(
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 )
calculate directional hourly volume
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.17
Determine the level of service.
calculate the heavy vehicle factor
trucks + buses
PT := PT = 0.09
V
rvs
PR := PR = 0.005
V
1
fHV := fHV = 0.956 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
determine the level of service
fp := 1.0 (Assumed)
V
vp := vp = 1225 pc/h/ln (Eq. 6.3)
N ⋅ PHF ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp
fA := 1 (Table 6.15)
S := FFS
vp
D := D = 22.68 pc/mi/ln therefore LOS is C (Eq. 6.6)
S
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.18
Determine the number of vehicles that can be added.
find initial volume
FFS := 50
1
fHV := fHV = 0.787 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
N := 3 PHF1 := 0.90 fp := 0.92 (given)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.19
Determine how many access points must be blocked.
calculate analysis flow rate
trucks
PT := PT = 0.074 (Table 6.8)
V
(Table 6.8)
ET := 2.0
1
fHV := fHV = 0.931
(
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 )
V15 := 720 (given)
V
PHF := PHF = 0.938 (Eq. 6.4)
V15 ⋅ 4
fp := 1.0 N := 2 (given)
V
vp := vp = 1547 (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV ⋅ fp
find BFFS
FFS := 55 (given)
for fA, first convert the 15 access points in 0.62 mile to the number of
access points per mile
15
= 24.2
0.62
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
S := 54.5 (interpolated from Fig. 6.4, for FFS = 55)
vp (Eq. 6.6)
D := D = 28.4
S
vp
S := S = 59.5 (Eq. 6.6)
D
for fA = 1.25 mi/h (reduction in FFS), access points per mile = 5 (from Table 6.15)
(fA ⋅ 4)0.62 = 3.1 access points over 0.62 mile (4 to 1 relationship between f A and access
points/mile)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.20
Determine the level of service.
ATS:
PT := 0.15 (given)
V
vp := vp = 221 (Eq. 6.11)
PHF ⋅ fG ⋅ fHV
FFS := 65 (given)
PTSF:
PT := 0.15 (given)
V
vp := vp = 203 (Eq. 6.11)
PHF ⋅ fG ⋅ fHV
⎛ − 0.000879 ⋅ vp ⎞
BPTSF := 100⋅ ⎝ 1 − e ⎠ BPTSF = 16.342 (Eq. 6.14)
PTSF := BPTSF + fdnp PTSF = 38.342 % LOS is B (Table 6.21) (Eq. 6.13)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.21
Determine the level of service.
ATS:
V := 540 PHF := 0.87 (given)
V
V15 := V15 = 620.69
PHF
1
fHV := fHV = 0.948
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 ) (Eq. 6.5)
V
vp := vp = 704.116 (Eq. 6.11)
PHF ⋅ fG ⋅ fHV
Vf
FFS := SFM + 0.00776⋅ FFS = 59.251 (Eq. 6.9)
fHV
PTSF:
1
fHV := fHV = 0.976 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
(Table 6.17)
fG := 0.94
V
vp := vp = 676.816 (Eq. 6.11)
PHF ⋅ fG ⋅ fHV
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.22
Determine the level of service.
ATS:
PT := PT + PB
1
fHV := fHV = 0.986 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
VNB := 440 VSB := 360 V := VNB + VSB V = 800 PHF := 0.87 (given)
V
= 919.54
PHF
V
vp := vp = 932.414 (Eq. 6.11)
PHF ⋅ fG ⋅ fHV
BFFS := 60 (given)
fA := 4 (Table 6.15)
PTSF:
1
fHV := fHV = 0.993 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
fG := 1.00 (Table 6.17)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
V
vp := vp = 925.977 (Eq. 6.11)
PHF ⋅ fG ⋅ fHV
⎛ − 0.000879 ⋅ vp ⎞
BPTSF := 100⋅ ⎝ 1 − e ⎠ BPTSF = 55.689 (Eq. 6.14)
VNB
= 0.55 so a 55/45 split
V
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.23
Determine the percentage of trucks.
V := V15 ⋅ 4 V = 2880
vp := 3200
PHF := 1
V
fHV := fHV = 0.909 (Eq. 6.11)
PHF ⋅ fG ⋅ vp
1
(Eq. 6.5)
( )
fHV
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the maximum percentage of no-passing zones.
Problem 6.24
PTB := PT + PB
1
fHV := fHV = 0.926 (Eq. 6.5)
( )
1 + PTB ⋅ ET − 1 + PR ⋅ ER − 1 ( )
V := 500 PHF := 0.85 (given)
V
vp := (Eq. 6.11)
PHF ⋅ fG ⋅ fHV
1
fHV := fHV = 0.952 (Eq. 6.5)
( )
1 + PTB ⋅ ET − 1 + PR ⋅ ER − 1 ( )
V
vp := (Eq. 6.11)
PHF ⋅ fG ⋅ fHV
⎛ − 0.000879 ⋅ vp ⎞
BPTSF := 100⋅ ⎝ 1 − e ⎠ BPTSF = 43.874 (Eq. 6.14)
to maintain maximum passing zones and still LOS B, from Table 6.22, PTSF = 55%
PTSF := 55
fdnp := PTSF − BPTSF fdnp = 11.126 (Eq. 6.13, rearranged to solve for fd/np )
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the freeway's AADT. Problem 6.26
PT := 0.08 (given)
BFFS := 70 (assumed)
S := 51.5 ( interpolated)
vp
D (Eq. 6.6)
S
vp = 2317.5
V
vp (Eq. 6.3)
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV ⋅ 1.0
V = 3517.634
DDHV := V
K := 0.12 D := 0.6
AADT⋅ K ⋅ D DDHV
veh
AADT = 48856
day
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Alternate Solution:
V
vp
PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fHV ⋅ 1.0
V = 3529.018
V veh
AADT := AADT = 49014
K ⋅D day
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 6.27
Determine the total directional traffic volume.
fp := 1.0 N := 3 vp := 1430 (Table 6.1)
K := 0.20
1
fHV := fHV = 0.833 (Eq. 6.5)
( ) (
1 + P T⋅ E T − 1 + P R ⋅ E R − 1 )
V := vp ⋅ PHF ⋅ N ⋅ fp ⋅ fHV V = 3360 (Eq. 6.3)
V
VD := VD = 16802 veh/day
K
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
What is the density of the traffic stream? Problem 6.28
(Table 6.7)
ET := 2.5 ER := 2.0
1
fHV := fHV = 0.806 (Eq 6.5)
( )
1 + PT⋅ ET − 1 + PR⋅ ER − 1 ( )
V
PHF := PHF = 0.833 (Eq 6.4)
600⋅ 4
V
v p := v p = 992 (Eq 6.3)
PHF⋅ N ⋅ fHV⋅ fp
vp
D := D = 19.04 pc/mi/ln
S
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
S := BFFS
vp
D := D = 14.171
S
PHF := 1.0
V
v p := v p = 826.667
PHF⋅ N ⋅ fHV⋅ fp
vp
D := D = 15.867
52.1
3) use level terrain PCE values from Table 6.7 instead of rolling terrain
ET := 1.5 ER := 1.2
1
fHV := fHV = 0.933
(
1 + PT⋅ ET − 1 + PR⋅ ER − 1 ) ( )
V
PHF := PHF = 0.833
600⋅ 4
V
v p :=
PHF⋅ N ⋅ fHV⋅ fp v p = 857.6
S := FFS S = 52.1
vp
D := D = 16.461
S
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine is the level of service.
Problem 6.29
PHF := 0.84 V := 2500 veh PR := 0.04 N := 3 lanes (given)
mi
BFFS := 70 fp := 1 (assumed)
h
flw := 6.6 (Table 6.3) fn := 3.0 (Table 6.5) ER := 4.0 (Table 6.7)
V
v p := v p = 1111.11 pc/h/ln (Eq 6.3)
PHF⋅ N ⋅ fHV⋅ fp
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) LOS D
2) LOS A
3) LOS B
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the peak-hour volume.
Problem 6.30
PT := .06 + .04 PR := .03 fp := 0.94 v p := 1250 pc/h/ln
(given)
mi
PHF := 0.81 N := 2 lanes BFFS := 60.0
h
ET := 2.5 (Table 6.7) ER := 2.0 (Table 6.7) flw := 1.9 (Table 6.3)
flc := 1.3 (Table 6.13, with TLC = 4 + 2 = 6 from Eq 6.8) fM := 0.0 (Table 6.14)
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) Reverse V and vp
veh V veh
V := 1250 v p := v p = 969 (different units, supposed to be
h PHF⋅ N ⋅ fHV⋅ fp h pc/h/ln)
2) Use fp of 1.0
veh
fp := 1.0 V := v p ⋅ PHF⋅ N ⋅ fHV⋅ fp V = 1329.79
h
1
fHV := fHV = 1
( )
1 + PT⋅ ET − 1 + PR⋅ ER − 1 ( )
veh
V := v p ⋅ PHF⋅ N ⋅ fHV⋅ fp V = 1288.21
h
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Estimate the free flow speed (in mi/h).
Problem 6.31
mi
N := 3 lanes PostedSpeed := 50 (given)
h
look up adjustments
(Eq 6.8)
TLC := 6 + 2 (LCL = 6 ft since undivided highway)
mi mi
fLW := 0.0 (Table 6.3) fLC := 0.9 (Table 6.13)
h h
mi
fM := 1.6 (Table 6.14) fA := 0.5 (Table 6.15, with interpolation)
h
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
A six-lane undivided multilane highway (three lanes in each direction) has 12-ft lanes with 2-ft
shoulders on the right side. Estimate the free flow speed (in mi/h).
mi
N := 3 lanes PostedSpeed := 50 (given)
h
look up adjustments
(Eq 6.8)
TLC := 6 + 2 (LCL = 6 ft since undivided highway)
mi mi
fLW := 0.0 (Table 6.3) fLC := 0.9 (Table 6.13)
h h
mi
fM := 1.6 (Table 6.14) fA := 0.5 (Table 6.15, with interpolation)
h
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the analysis flow rate, based on average travel speed. Problem 6.32
mi
PHF := 0.92 V := 550 PT := .07 + .03 PR := .07 (given)
h
1
fHV := fHV = 0.912 (Eq 6.5)
( )
1 + PT⋅ ET − 1 + PR⋅ ER − 1 ( )
determine 15-min passenger car equivalent flow rate
V
v p := v p = 705 pc/h (Eq 6.11)
PHF⋅ fG⋅ fHV
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers
1) Misuse Tables 6.17 and 6.18
1
fHV := fHV = 0.864
( )
1 + PT⋅ ET − 1 + PR⋅ ER − 1 ( )
V
v p := v p = 974 pc/h/ln
PHF⋅ fG⋅ fHV
PT := 0.07
fG := 0.93 (Table 6.17; >600-1200)
1
fHV := fHV = 0.935
(
1 + PT⋅ ET − 1 + PR⋅ ER − 1) ( )
V
v p := v p = 688 pc/h
PHF⋅ fG⋅ fHV
N := 2 fp := 1 fHV := 0.912
V
v p := v p = 328 pc/h
PHF⋅ N ⋅ fHV⋅ fp
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the number of lanes required to provide at least LOS D.
Problem 6.33
mi
PHF := 0.88 D := 0.65 FFS := 70 AADT := 75000 (given)
h
From Table 6.1, the maximum service flow rate for LOS D at 70 mi/h is 2150 pc/h/ln.
N := 3 lanes
DDHV
v p := v p = 2031.25 pc/h/ln (Eq 6.3)
PHF⋅ N ⋅ fp ⋅ fHV
This value of vp is less than 2150 pc/h/ln, so six lanes (both directions) is sufficient.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual
to accompany
Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e
By
Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski
Chapter 7
Traffic Control and Analysis at
Signalized Intersections
U.S. Customary Units
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Preface
The solutions to the fourth edition of Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis
were prepared with the Mathcad1 software program. You will notice several notation
conventions that you may not be familiar with if you are not a Mathcad user. Most of these
notation conventions are self-explanatory or easily understood. The most common Mathcad
specific notations in these solutions relate to the equals sign. You will notice the equals sign
being used in three different contexts, and Mathcad uses three different notations to distinguish
between each of these contexts. The differences between these equals sign notations are
explained as follows.
• The ‘:=’ (colon-equals) is an assignment operator, that is, the value of the variable or
expression on the left side of ‘:=’is set equal to the value of the expression on the right
side. For example, in the statement, L := 1234, the variable ‘L’ is assigned (i.e., set
equal to) the value of 1234. Another example is x := y + z. In this case, x is assigned
the value of y + z.
• The ‘=’ (bold equals) is used when the Mathcad function solver was used to find the
value of a variable in the equation. For example, in the equation
, the = is used to tell Mathcad that the value of
the expression on the left side needs to equal the value of the expression on the right
side. Thus, the Mathcad solver can be employed to find a value for the variable ‘t’ that
satisfies this relationship. This particular example is from a problem where the function
for arrivals at some time ‘t’ is set equal to the function for departures at some time ‘t’ to
find the time to queue clearance.
• The ‘=’ (standard equals) is used for a simple numeric evaluation. For example,
referring to the x := y + z assignment used previously, if the value of y was 10 [either by
assignment (with :=), or the result of an equation solution (through the use of =) and the
value of z was 15, then the expression ‘x =’ would yield 25. Another example would be
as follows: s := 1800/3600, with s = 0.5. That is, ‘s’ was assigned the value of 1800
divided by 3600 (using :=), which equals 0.5 (as given by using =).
Another symbol you will see frequently is ‘→’. In these solutions, it is used to perform an
evaluation of an assignment expression in a single statement. For example, in the following
statement, , Q(t) is assigned the value of
Arrivals(t) – Departures(t), and this evaluates to 2.2t – 0.10t2.
Finally, to assist in quickly identifying the final answer, or answers, for what is being asked in
the problem statement, yellow highlighting has been used (which will print as light gray).
1
www.mathcad.com
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problems 7.1
Determine the maximum length of the effective red.
800 1500
λ := λ = 0.222 μ := μ = 0.417 (given)
3600 3600
λ (Eq. 5.27)
ρ := ρ = 0.533
μ
C := 60 (given)
at queue clearing
r + t0 + 10 C so
t0 C − r − 10
ρ ⋅r
t0 (Eq. 7.7)
(1 − ρ )
ρ ⋅r
C − r − 10
(1 − ρ )
r = 23.3 sec
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.3
Determine the average vehicle delay.
C := 60 g := 25 (given)
r := C − g r = 35 (Eq. 7.5)
1400
s := s = 0.389
3600
500
λ := λ = 0.139 (given)
3600
μ := s μ = 0.389
λ
ρ := ρ = 0.357 (Eq. 5.27)
μ
2
r
d := d = 15.88 s/veh (Eq. 7.12)
2⋅C⋅(1 − ρ )
Problem 7.4
Determine queue dissipation time.
r := 40 Q := 8 (Given)
Q
λ := λ = 0.2 given vehicles over a given time period
r
1440
μ := μ = 0.4 (Given)
3600
λ
ρ := ρ = 0.5 (Eq. 5.27)
μ
ρ ⋅r
tc := tc = 40 sec (Eq. 7.7)
(1 − ρ )
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the arrival rate. Problem 7.5
calculate the effective red time
1500
μ := μ = 0.416667
3600
C := 60 (Given)
D := 5.78 ⋅ 60 D = 346.8
for delay, a graph of the queue gives the area between the arrival and departure curves as
C ⋅ ( 9 − 4 + g) g ⋅ ( C + 4 − 2)
D + C⋅4 −
2 2
g = 43.2
λ ⋅r 9−4
λ = 0.298 veh/s
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.7
Determine the arrival rate.
3600 (given)
μ := μ=1
3600
C := 60
at queue dissipation
λ ⋅ ( C − 8) μ ⋅ ( C − 8 − r)
13
r
λ
⎛ 13 ⎞
λ ⋅ ( C − 8) μ ⋅⎜ C − 8 − ⎟
⎝ λ ⎠
13
r := r = 26
λ
g := C − r g = 34
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.8
Determine the total vehicle delay.
find the arrival rate
1800
μ := μ = 0.5 veh/s
3600 (given)
C := 80 s
arrival rate during eff. green = 2λ (arrival rate during effective red)
Δ q = 5.9
and
λ ⋅ ( C − g) Δq
or
Δq
g C− (2)
λ
with two equations and two unknowns (λ, g), substituting (2) into (1) gives
⎡ ⎛ Δ q ⎞⎤ ⎛ Δq ⎞ ⎛ Δq ⎞
2 + λ ⋅ ⎢C − ⎜ C − ⎟⎥ + 2 ⋅ λ ⋅ ⎜ C − ⎟ μ ⋅⎜ C − ⎟
⎣ ⎝ λ ⎠⎦ ⎝ λ ⎠ ⎝ λ ⎠
λ1 = 0.118 veh/s
λ2 = 0.157 veh/s
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
determine total delay based on first arrival rate
Δq
g1 := C − g1 = 29.8
λ1
r1 := C − g1 (Eq 7.5)
r1 = 50.2
( 2 + 7.9) ⋅ r1 7.9 ⋅ g1
D1 := + D1 = 366.2 veh-sec
2 2
Δq
g2 := C − g2 = 42.4
λ2
r2 := C − g2 (Eq 7.5)
r2 = 37.6
( 2 + 7.9) ⋅ r2 7.9 ⋅ g2
D2 := + D2 = 353.6 veh-sec
2 2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.8
Alternate Solution with 8.0 vehicles in the queue.
Determine the total vehicle delay.
find the arrival rate
1800
μ := μ = 0.5 veh/s
3600 (given)
C := 80 s
arrival rate during eff. green = 2λ (arrival rate during effective red)
Δq = 6
and
λ ⋅ ( C − g) Δq
or
Δq
g C− (2)
λ
with two equations and two unknowns (λ, g), substituting (2) into (1) gives
⎡ ⎛ Δ q ⎞⎤ ⎛ Δq ⎞ ⎛ Δq ⎞
2 + λ ⋅ ⎢C − ⎜ C − ⎟⎥ + 2 ⋅ λ ⋅ ⎜ C − ⎟ μ ⋅⎜ C − ⎟
⎣ ⎝ λ ⎠⎦ ⎝ λ ⎠ ⎝ λ ⎠
λ1 = 0.125 veh/s
λ2 = 0.15 veh/s
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
determine total delay based on first arrival rate
Δq
g1 := C − g1 = 32
λ1
r1 := C − g1 (Eq 7.5)
r1 = 48
( 2 + 8) ⋅ r1 8 ⋅ g1
D1 := + D1 = 368 veh-sec
2 2
Δq
g2 := C − g2 = 40
λ2
r2 := C − g2 (Eq 7.5)
r2 = 40
( 2 + 8) ⋅ r2 8 ⋅ g2
D2 := + D2 = 360 veh-sec
2 2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.9
Determine the total vehicle delay.
s 900
s := 1800 μ := μ = 0.5 λ := λ = 0.25 (given)
3600 3600
C := 60 r := 25
1 1
Dt := ⋅ [ 6 + ( 6 + λ ⋅ 60) ] ⋅ 60 − ⋅ ( g ⋅ μ ) ⋅ g Dt = 503.75 veh-sec
2 2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.10
Determine the total delay.
1064
λ := λ = 0.296 veh/s
3600
s
s := 2640 veh/h μ := μ = 0.733 veh/s (given)
3600
solving for t
3 + λ ⋅t 10
7
t := t = 23.7 sec
λ
r := t + 8 r = 31.7 sec
g := 15 (given)
b2 := g
b1 := C
h1 := [ 3 + ( 3 + λ ⋅ C) ] h2 := g ⋅ μ
1 1
Dt := ⋅ b1 ⋅ h1 − ⋅ b2 ⋅ h2 Dt = 379.6 veh-sec
2 2
1 1
Dt := ⋅ [ 3 + ( 3 + λ ⋅ C) ] ⋅ C − ⋅ ( g ⋅ μ ) ⋅ g Dt = 379.6
2 2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.11
Determine the total vehicle delay.
find the arrival rate
1800
μ := μ = 0.5 veh/s C := 80 s (given)
3600
6
λ
r
( 10 + λ ⋅ g) − μ ⋅ g 2
[ 10 + λ ⋅ ( C − r) ] − μ ⋅ ( C − r) 2
⎡ 10 + 6 ⋅ ( C − r) ⎤ − μ ⋅ ( C − r) 2
⎢ ⎥
⎣ r ⎦
480
8+ − 6 − 40 + 0.5 ⋅ r 0
r
480
+ 0.5 ⋅ r 38
r
2
0.5 ⋅ r − 38 ⋅ r + 480 0
6
r = 16 λ := λ = 0.375
r
1 1 1
Dt := ⋅ ( 4 + 10) ⋅ r + ⋅ [ 10 + [ 4 + ( 0.375 ⋅ C) ] ] ⋅ ( C − r) − ⋅ [ μ ⋅ ( C − r) ] ⋅ ( C − r)
2 2 2
Alternative Solution
C C−r
⌠ ⌠
4⋅C + ⎮ 0.375 ⋅ t dt − ⎮ 0.5 ⋅ t dt = 496.006 veh − sec
⌡ ⌡
0 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.12
Determine effective green and red times and the total vehicle delay.
C := 60 s
(given)
λ ( t) := 0.22 + .012 ⋅ t
⌠
⎮ -3 2
Arrivals( t ) := λ ( t) dt → .220 ⋅ t + 6.00 ⋅ 10 ⋅ t
⎮
⌡
3600
μ := μ=1 veh/s (given)
3600
Arrivals( C)
g := g = 34.8 sec
μ
(Eq. 7.5)
r := C − g r = 25.2 sec
⎛ ⌠ 60 ⎞ 1
⎜
Delay := ⎮
⎟
Arrivals( t ) dt − g ⋅ ( μ ⋅ g) Delay = 222.5 veh − sec
⎜ ⌡0 ⎟ 2
⎝ ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.13
Determine the total vehicle delay.
800
λ1 := λ1 = 0.222 λ1 ⋅ 40 = 8.89
3600
500
λ2 := λ2 = 0.139 λ2 ⋅ ( 120 − 40) = 11.11 (given)
3600
1200
μ := μ = 0.333 μ ⋅ 20 = 6.667
3600
By inspection of the queuing diagram, (with 8.89 vehicles arriving and 6.67 departing at the end of
the first cycle and 14.45 and 13.34 arriving and departing at the end of the second cycle) we find
that the first cycle delay is (using triangles)
D1 := ⎜
⎛ 40 ⋅ 8.89 − 20 ⋅ 6.67 ⎞
⎟ D1 = 111.1 veh − sec
⎝ 2 2 ⎠
similarly, second cycle delay is:
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.16
Determine the sum of critical flow ratios.
330
NBL := NBL = 0.194
1700
365
SBL := SBL = 0.209 phase 1 critical
1750
1125
NBTR := NBTR = 0.331 phase 2 critical
3400
1075
SBTR := SBTR = 0.326
3300
110
EBL := EBL = 0.169 phase 3 critical
650
80
WBL := WBL = 0.133
600
250
EBTR := EBTR = 0.143
1750
285
WBTR := WBTR = 0.158
1800
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.18
Determine X c.
C := 95 (given)
L := 5 ⋅ 4 L = 20
Σvs = 0.78
L ⋅ Xc
C (Eq. 7.20)
Xc − Σvs
Xc = 0.988
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.20
Determine the minimum cycle length and phase effective green times.
calculate cycle length
Xc := 0.85 (given)
L ⋅ Xc
Cmin := Cmin = 170 sec (Eq. 7.20)
Xc − Σvs
⎛ Cmin ⎟⎞
g1 := ( 0.225) ⋅ ⎜ g1 = 45 sec (Eq. 7.22)
⎜⎝ Xc ⎟⎠
⎛ Cmin ⎟⎞
g2 := ( 0.175) ⋅ ⎜ g2 = 35 (Eq. 7.22)
⎜⎝ Xc ⎟⎠ sec
⎛ Cmin ⎟⎞
g3 := ( 0.200) ⋅ ⎜ g3 = 40 sec (Eq. 7.22)
⎜⎝ Xc ⎟⎠
⎛ Cmin ⎟⎞
g4 := ( 0.150) ⋅ ⎜ g4 = 30 sec (Eq. 7.22)
⎜⎝ Xc ⎟⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.21
Determine the minimum cycle length and effective green times.
365
SBL := SBL = 0.209
1750
1125
NBTR := NBTR = 0.331 (given)
3400
110
EBL := EBL = 0.169
650
L := 4 ⋅ 3 L = 12 (given)
L ⋅ 0.9
Cmin := (Eq. 7.20)
0.9 − Σvs
C := 60 sec
Σvs⋅ C
Xc := Xc = 0.886 (Eq. 7.20)
C−L
⎛C⎞
g1 := SBL ⋅ ⎜ g1 = 14.1
⎟ sec
⎝ Xc ⎠
⎛C⎞
g2 := NBTR⋅ ⎜ g2 = 22.4
⎟ sec
⎝ Xc ⎠
⎛C⎞
g3 := EBL ⋅ ⎜ g3 = 11.5
⎟ sec
⎝ Xc ⎠
g1 + g2 + g3 + L = 60 sec checks
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.22
Determine the northbound approach delay and level of service.
calculate northbound left delay
NBL
XL := XL = 0.824 (Eq. 7.22)
⎛ gL ⎞
sL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝C⎠
2
⎛ gL ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
d1L :=
⎝ C ⎠
d1L = 21.76 (Eq. 7.15)
⎛ gL ⎞
1 − ⎜ XL ⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
gL
c L := s L ⋅ c L = 400.265 (Eq. 7.6)
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XL ⎤
⎥
d2L := 900⋅ T⋅ XL − 1 +
⎢ ( ) (XL − 1)2 + cL ⋅ T ⎥
d2L = 17.322 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎦
NBTR
XTR := XTR = 0.886
⎛ gTR ⎞
s TR⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
2
⎛ gTR ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
d1TR := d1TR = 17.597
⎛ gTR ⎞
1 − ⎜ XTR⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
gTR
c TR := s TR⋅ c TR = 1269.957
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XTR ⎤
⎥
⎢ (
d2TR := 900⋅ T⋅ XTR − 1 + ) ( XTR − 1 ) 2
+
c TR⋅ T ⎥ d2TR = 9.312
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3TR := 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.23
Determine the southbound approach delay and level of service.
calculate southbound left delay
SBL
XL := XL = 0.886 (Eq. 7.22)
⎛ gL ⎞
sL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝C⎠
2
⎛ gL ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
d1L := d1L = 22.158 (Eq. 7.15)
⎛ gL ⎞
1 − ⎜ XL ⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
gL
c L := s L ⋅ c L = 412.038 (Eq. 7.6)
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XL ⎤
⎥
d2L := 900⋅ T⋅ XL − 1 +
⎢ ( ) ( XL − 1) 2
+
cL ⋅ T ⎥ d2L = 23.316 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3L := 0 (assumed)
SBTR
XTR :=
⎛ gTR ⎞ XTR = 0.872
s TR⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
2
⎛ gTR ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
d1TR :=
⎝ C ⎠
d1TR = 17.463
⎛ gTR ⎞
1 − ⎜ XTR⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
gTR
c TR := s TR⋅ c TR = 1232.605
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XTR ⎤
⎥
⎢ (
d2TR := 900⋅ T⋅ XTR − 1 + ) ( XTR − 1 ) 2
+
c TR⋅ T ⎥ d2TR = 8.658
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3TR := 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.24
Determine the westbound approach delay and level of service.
calculate westbound left delay
WBL
XL := XL = 0.698 (Eq. 7.22)
⎛ gL ⎞
sL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝C⎠
2
⎛ gL ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
d1L := d1L = 22.653 (Eq. 7.15)
⎛ gL ⎞
1 − ⎜ XL ⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
gL
c L := s L ⋅ c L = 114.62 (Eq. 7.6)
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XL⎤
⎥
⎢ (
d2L := 900⋅ T⋅ XL − 1 + ) (XL − 1)2 + cL ⋅ T ⎥
d2L = 29.769 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3L := 0 (assumed)
WBTR
XTR :=
⎛ gTR ⎞ XTR = 0.829
s TR⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
2
⎛ gTR ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
d1TR :=
⎝ C ⎠
d1TR = 23.326
⎛ gTR ⎞
1 − ⎜ XTR⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
gTR
c TR := s TR⋅ c TR = 343.86
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XTR⎤
⎥
(
d2TR := 900⋅ T⋅ XTR − 1 +
⎢ ) (XTR − 1)2 + c TR⋅ T ⎥
d2TR = 20.101
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3TR := 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.25
Determine the eastbound approach delay and level of service.
calculate eastbound left delay
EBL
XL := XL = 0.886 (Eq. 7.22)
⎛ gL ⎞
sL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝C⎠
2
⎛ gL ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
d1L := d1L = 23.632 (Eq. 7.15)
⎛ gL ⎞
1 − ⎜ XL ⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
gL
c L := s L ⋅ c L = 124.172 (Eq. 7.6)
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XL⎤
⎥
⎢ (
d2L := 900⋅ T⋅ XL − 1 + ) ( XL − 1 ) 2
+
cL ⋅ T ⎥ d2L = 54.559 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3L := 0 (assumed)
EBTR
XTR :=
⎛ gTR ⎞ XTR = 0.748
s TR⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
2
⎛ gTR ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
d1TR :=
⎝ C ⎠
d1TR = 22.905
⎛ gTR ⎞
1 − ⎜ XTR⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
gTR
c TR := s TR⋅ c TR = 334.308
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XTR⎤
⎥
(
d2TR := 900⋅ T⋅ XTR − 1 +
⎢ ) (XTR − 1)2 + c TR⋅ T ⎥
d2TR = 14.191
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3TR := 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.26
Determine the overall intersection delay and LOS.
EBTR := 250
WBTR := 285
dNB := 29.7 dSB := 31.0 dWB := 45.4 dEB := 49.65 (from previous questions)
( NBL + NBTR) ⋅ dNB + ( SBL + SBTR) ⋅ dSB + ( WBL + WBTR) ⋅ dWB + ( EBL + EBTR) ⋅ dEB
dtotal :=
( NBL + NBTR) + ( SBL + SBTR) + ( WBL + WBTR) + ( EBL + EBTR)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.28
Determine the minimum cycle length and effective green times for each phase.
find minimum cycle length
245
EBL := EBL = 0.14
1750
1030
WBTR := WBTR = 0.303
3400
255
SBL := SBL = 0.148
1725
225
NBL := NBL = 0.132
1700
L := 4 ⋅ 4 L = 16 Xc := 0.95
L ⋅ Xc
Cmin := (Eq. 7.20)
Xc − Σvs
Σvs⋅ C
Xc := Xc = 0.937
C−L
C
g1 := EBL ⋅ g1 = 10.5 sec
Xc
C
g2 := WBTR ⋅ g2 = 22.6 sec
Xc
C
g3 := SBL ⋅ g3 = 11 sec
Xc
C
g4 := NBL ⋅ g4 = 9.9 sec
Xc
g1 + g2 + g3 + g4 + L = 70 checks
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.29
Determine the northbound approach delay and level of service.
calculate northbound left delay
NBL
XL := XL = 0.937 (Eq. 7.22)
⎛ gL ⎞
sL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝C⎠
2
⎛ gL ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
d1L := d1L = 29.752 (Eq. 7.15)
⎛ gL ⎞
1 − ⎜ XL ⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
gL
c L := s L ⋅ c L = 240.04 (Eq. 7.6)
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XL ⎤
⎥
d2L := 900⋅ T⋅ XL − 1 +
⎢ ( ) ( XL − 1) 2
+
cL ⋅ T ⎥ d2L = 43.883 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3L := 0 (given)
NBTR
XTR :=
⎛ gTR ⎞ XTR = 0.87
s TR⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
2
⎛ gTR ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
d1TR :=
⎝ C ⎠
d1TR = 29.429
⎛ gTR ⎞
1 − ⎜ XTR⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
gTR
c TR := s TR⋅ c TR = 247.1
C
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
T := 0.25 k := 0.5 I := 1.0
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XTR ⎤
⎥
(
d2TR := 900⋅ T⋅ XTR − 1 +
⎢ ) (XTR − 1)2 + c TR⋅ T ⎥
d2TR = 31.652
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3TR := 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.30
Determine the southbound approach delay and level of service.
calculate eastbound left delay
SBL
XL := XL = 0.9 (Eq. 7.22)
⎛ gL ⎞
sL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝C⎠
2
⎛ gL ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
d1L := d1L = 29.2 (Eq. 7.15)
⎛ gL ⎞
1 − ⎜ XL ⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
gL
c L := s L ⋅ c L = 271.1 (Eq. 7.6)
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XL⎤
⎥
⎢ (
d2L := 900⋅ T⋅ XL − 1 + ) ( XL − 1 ) 2
+
cL ⋅ T ⎥ d2L = 41.3 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3L := 0 (assumed)
(given)
gTR := 11.0 SBTR := 235 s TR := 1750
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
gTR (Eq. 7.6)
c TR := s TR⋅ c TR = 275
C
(assumed)
T := 0.25 k := 0.5 I := 1.0
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XTR⎤
⎥
( ) (XTR − 1)2 +
(Eq. 7.16)
d2TR := 900⋅ T⋅ XTR − 1 + d2TR = 27.2
⎢ c TR⋅ T ⎥
⎣ ⎦
(assumed)
PF := 1.0 d3TR := 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.31
Determine the westbound approach delay and level of service.
calculate westbound left delay
WBL
XL :=
⎛ gL ⎞ XL = 0.893 (Eq. 7.22)
sL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝C⎠
2
⎛ gL ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
d1L := d1L = 29.222 (Eq. 7.15)
⎛ gL ⎞
1 − ⎜ XL ⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
gL
c L := s L ⋅ c L = 257.641 (Eq. 7.6)
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XL ⎤
⎥
d2L := 900⋅ T⋅ XL − 1 +
⎢ ( ) ( XL − 1) 2
+
cL ⋅ T ⎥ d2L = 34.079 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3L := 0 (assumed)
(Eq. 7.14)
dL := d1L ⋅ PF + d2L + d3L dL = 63.301
WBTR
XTR := XTR = 0.937
⎛ gTR ⎞
s TR⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
2
⎛ gTR ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
d1TR :=
⎝ C ⎠
d1TR = 23.001
⎛ gTR ⎞
1 − ⎜ XTR⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
gTR
c TR := s TR⋅ c TR = 1098.831
C
⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XTR ⎤
⎥
(
d2TR := 900⋅ T⋅ XTR − 1 +
⎢ ) (XTR − 1)2 + c TR⋅ T ⎥
d2TR = 15.732
⎣ ⎦
PF := 1.0 d3TR := 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.33
Determine the overall intersection delay and level of service.
( NBL + NBTR) ⋅ dNB + ( SBL + SBTR) ⋅ dSB + ( WBL + WBTR) ⋅ dWB + ( EBL + EBTR) ⋅ dEB
dtotal :=
( NBL + NBTR) + ( SBL + SBTR) + ( WBL + WBTR) + ( EBL + EBTR)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the optimal cycle length and corresponding
Problem 7.34
effective green times.
245
EBL := EBL = 0.14
1750
1030
WBTR := WBTR = 0.303 (from Prob. 7.17)
3400
255
SBL := SBL = 0.148
1725
225
NBL := NBL = 0.132
1700
L := 4 ⋅ 4 L = 16
1.5 ⋅ L + 5
Copt := (Eq. 7.21)
1.0 − Σvs
⎛ Copt − L ⎞
g1 := EBL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟ g1 = 17.2 sec (Eq. 7.22)
⎝ Σvs ⎠
⎛ Copt − L ⎞
g2 := WBTR ⋅ ⎜ ⎟ g2 = 37.3 sec (Eq. 7.22)
⎝ Σvs ⎠
⎛ Copt − L ⎞
g3 := SBL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟ g3 = 18.2 sec (Eq. 7.22)
⎝ Σvs ⎠
⎛ Copt − L ⎞
g4 := NBL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟ g4 = 16.3 sec (Eq. 7.22)
⎝ Σvs ⎠
g1 + g2 + g3 + g4 + L = 105 checks
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.36
Determine the new level of service for the northbound approach.
Volumes increase 10% from previous values, calculate new volumes
NBL
XL := XL = 0.857 (Eq. 7.22)
⎛ gL ⎞
sL ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝C⎠
2
⎛ gL ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
d1L := d1L = 23.523 (Eq. 7.15)
⎛ gL ⎞
1 − ⎜ XL ⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
⎡⎢ ⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XL⎤ ⎤
⎥⎥
⎢ (
d2L := 900⋅ T⋅ XL − 1 + ) ⎢⎣( L )
X − 1
2
+
cL ⋅ T ⎥ ⎥
d2L = 23.508 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎦⎦
dL := d1L ⋅ PF + d2L + d3L dL = 47.031 LOS for left turn is D (Eq. 7.14)
NBT + NBR
XTR := XTR = 0.98
⎛ gTR ⎞
s TR⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
2
⎛ gTR ⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
d1TR :=
⎝ C ⎠
d1TR = 24.447 (Eq. 7.15)
⎛ gTR ⎞
1 − ⎜ XTR⋅ ⎟
⎝ C ⎠
⎡⎢ ⎡⎢ 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ XTR⎤ ⎤
( ) (⎢ XTR − 1)2 + c ⋅ T ⎥⎥ ⎥⎥
(Eq. 7.16)
d2TR := 900⋅ T⋅ XTR − 1 +
⎢
⎣ ⎣ TR ⎦⎦
d2TR = 20.788
(assumed)
PF := 1.0 d3TR := 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.37
Determine the yellow and all-red times.
5280
V := 30 ⋅ V = 44
3600
G := 0.08 w := 60 l := 20 (given)
V
Y := tr + Y = 2.749 rounds to 3.0 seconds (Eq. 7.23)
2⋅a + 2⋅g⋅G
Y := 3.0 sec
w+ l
AR := AR = 1.818 rounds to 2.0 seconds (Eq. 7.24)
V
AR := 2.0 sec
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
2
⎛ g⎞
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 − ⎟
⎝ C⎠
d1 := d1 = 18.481 (Eq. 7.15)
g
1 − X⋅
C
g
c := s ⋅ c = 1292
C
⎡ ⎡( X − 1) 2 + 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ X⎤ ⎤⎥
d2 := 900⋅ T⋅ ⎢ ( X − 1) + ⎢ ⎥ d2 = 7.265 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎣ c ⋅T ⎦⎦
PF := 1 d3 := 0 (assumed)
C := 65 g := 12.5 s := 1750
C
X := WBL ⋅ X = 0.744
g
2
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 −
⎛ g⎞
⎟
d1 :=
⎝ C⎠
d1 = 24.74 (Eq. 7.15)
g
1 − X⋅
C
g
c := s ⋅ c = 336.538
C
⎡ ⎡( X − 1) 2 + 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ X⎤ ⎤⎥
d2 := 900⋅ T⋅ ⎢ ( X − 1) + ⎢ ⎥ d2 = 13.849 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎣ c ⋅T ⎦⎦
PF := 1 d3 := 0 (assumed)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Calculate delay for westbound through/right-turn lane group
g := 24.7 s := 3400
C
X := WBTR ⋅ X = 0.889
g
2
⎛
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 −
g⎞
⎟
d1 :=
⎝ C⎠
d1 = 18.872 (Eq. 7.15)
g
1 − X⋅
C
g
c := s ⋅ c = 1292
C
⎡ ⎡( X − 1) 2 + 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ X⎤ ⎤⎥
d2 := 900⋅ T⋅ ⎢ ( X − 1) + ⎢ ⎥ d2 = 9.426 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎣ c ⋅T ⎦⎦
PF := 1 d3 := 0 (assumed)
g :=
C := 15.8
65 s := 575
C
X := NBL ⋅ X = 0.644
g
2
⎛
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 −
g⎞
⎟
d1 :=
⎝ C⎠
d1 = 22.076 (Eq. 7.15)
g
1 − X⋅
C
g
c := s ⋅ c = 139.769
C
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
⎡ ⎡( X − 1) 2 + 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ X⎤ ⎤⎥
d2 := 900⋅ T⋅ ⎢ ( X − 1) + ⎢ ⎥ d2 = 20.632 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎣ c ⋅T ⎦⎦
PF := 1 d3 := 0 (assumed)
s := 15.8
g 1800
C
X := NBTR⋅ X = 0.891
g
2
⎛
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 −
g⎞
⎟
d1 :=
⎝ C⎠
d1 = 23.771
(Eq. 7.15)
g
1 − X⋅
C
g
c := s ⋅ c = 437.538
C
⎡ ⎡( X − 1) 2 + 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ X⎤ ⎤⎥
d2 := 900⋅ T⋅ ⎢ ( X − 1) + ⎢ ⎥ d2 = 22.964 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎣ c ⋅T ⎦⎦
PF := 1 d3 := 0 (assumed)
C := 65 g := 15.8 s := 550
C
X := SBL ⋅ X = 0.524
g
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
2
⎛
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 −
g⎞
⎟
⎝ C⎠
d1 := d1 = 21.336 (Eq. 7.15)
g
1 − X⋅
C
g
c := s ⋅ c = 133.692
C
⎡ ⎡( X − 1) 2 + 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ X⎤ ⎤⎥
d2 := 900⋅ T⋅ ⎢ ( X − 1) + ⎢ ⎥ d2 = 13.896 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎣ c ⋅T ⎦⎦
PF := 1.0 d3 := 0 (assumed)
g := 15.8 s := 1800
C
X := SBTR⋅ X = 0.846
g
2
⎛
0.5 ⋅ C ⋅ ⎜ 1 −
g⎞
⎟
d1 :=
⎝ C⎠
d1 = 23.438 (Eq. 7.15)
g
1 − X⋅
C
g
c := s ⋅ c = 437.538
C
⎡ ⎡( X − 1) 2 + 8 ⋅ k ⋅ I⋅ X⎤ ⎤⎥
d2 := 900⋅ T⋅ ⎢ ( X − 1) + ⎢ ⎥ d2 = 17.916 (Eq. 7.16)
⎣ ⎣ c ⋅T ⎦⎦
PF := 1.0 d3 := 0 (assumed)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Calculate volume-weighted delay for entire intersection
( VEBL + VEBTR) ⋅ dEB + ( VWBL + VWBTR) ⋅ dWB + ( VNBL + VNBTR) ⋅ dNB + ( VSBL + VSBTR) ⋅ dSB
d :=
( VEBL + VEBTR) + ( VWBL + VWBTR) + ( VNBL + VNBTR) + ( VSBL + VSBTR)
d = 34 (Eq. 7.28)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 7.40
Determine the new minimum pedestrian green time.
Nped := 20 W E := 6 L := 60 (given)
SP := 4.0 (assumed)
L (Eq. 7.25)
GP := 3.2 + + 0.27 ⋅ Nped GP = 23.6 sec
SP
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
⎛ second ⎞
⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝ term ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
⎛ second ⎞
⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝ term ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
What is the g/C ratio for this approach? Problem 7.43
PF := 0.641 (given)
PF = [1 - Rp*(g/C)]*(fp) / [1 - (g/C)]
PF
1−
fp
gC := gC = 0.35
PF
Rp −
fp
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the arrival type for this approach. Problem 7.44
g := 35 s C := 100 (given)
g
gC := gC = 0.35
C
Calculate PVG
arrivalgreen
PVG:= PVG = 0.386
arrivaltotalcycle
PVG
Rp := Rp = 1.103 (Eq. 7.32)
gC
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the progression adjustment factor. Problem 7.45
g := 35 s C := 100 s (given)
g
gC := gC = 0.35
C
Calculate PVG
arrivalgreen
PVG:= PVG = 0.386
arrivalcycle
Determine R p
PVG
Rp := Rp = 1.103 (Eq 7.32)
gC
Determine f p
Calculate PF
( 1 − PVG) ⋅ fp
PF := PF = 0.945 (Eq 7.31)
1 − ⎛⎜ ⎟⎞
g
⎝ C⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the displayed green time for the traffic movement. Problem 7.46
r := 37 s C := 70 s Y := 5 s AR := 2 s tL := 4 s (given)
g := C − r g = 33 s (Eq 7.5)
G := g − Y − AR + tL G = 30 s (Eq 7.3)
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) Solve for effective green time
g = 33 s
r := 2 g := C − r g = 68 s
G := g − Y − AR + tL G = 65 s
3) Add AR time to effective red, and then subtract from cycle length
r := 37 s AR := 2
G := C − ( AR + r) G = 31
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the average delay per vehicle.
Problem 7.47
R := 58 s tL := 4 s g := 28 s Y := 3 s AR := 2 s
λ (Eq 5.27)
ρ := ρ = 0.3
μ
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answer:
2
λ⋅R 1
d avg := ⋅ d avg = 26.3 s
2⋅ ( 1 − ρ) λ ⋅ C
2) Solve for effective green time using 28 seconds as displayed green time
C := r + g C = 91.0 s
2
λ⋅r 1
d avg := ⋅ d avg = 29.7 s
2⋅ ( 1 − ρ) λ ⋅ C
g := 28 s C := r + g C = 90.0 s
2
λ⋅r
Dt := Dt = 413.3 s (Eq 7.11)
2⋅ ( 1 − ρ)
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the average approach delay (in seconds).
Problem 7.48
veh veh
v := 750 s := 3200
h h
(given)
C := 100 s g := 32 s
2
0.5⋅ C⋅ ⎛⎜ 1 − ⎟⎞
g
d 1 :=
⎝ C⎠
d 1 = 30.198 s (Eq 7.15)
1 − ⎛⎜ X ⋅ ⎟⎞
g
⎝ C⎠
⎡
d 2 := 900⋅ T⋅ ⎢( X − 1) +
2 8⋅ k⋅ I⋅ X ⎤
( X − 1) + ⎥ d 2 = 4.633 s (Eq 7.16)
⎣ c⋅ T ⎦
d := d 1⋅ PF + d 2 + d 3 d = 34.8 s
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) Use d1 as final answer. d 1 = 30.198 s
⎡
d 2 := 900⋅ T⋅ ⎢( X − 1) +
2 8⋅ k⋅ I⋅ X ⎤
T := 15 ( X − 1) + ⎥ d 2 = 4.808
⎣ c⋅ T ⎦
d := d 1⋅ PF + d 2 + d 3 d = 35.0 s
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Calculate the sum of flow ratios for the critical lane groups. Problem 7.49
425
NBTR := NBTR = 0.218
1950
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Calculate the minimum cycle length.
Problem 7.50
L⋅ Xc
Cmin := Cmin = 60.0 s (Eq 7.20)
Xc − SumCritFlowRatios
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1.5⋅ L + 5
Copt := Copt = 82.1 s (Eq 7.21)
1.0 − SumCritFlowRatios
L⋅ Xc
Cmin := Cmin = −48.0s use absolute value
Xc − SumCritFlowRatios
3) Use Xc = 1.0
L⋅ Xc
Cmin := Cmin = 42.9 s
Xc − SumCritFlowRatios
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the sum of the yellow and all-red times.
Problem 7.51
4
G := w := 60 ft l := 16 ft (given)
100
V := 40⋅ ⎛⎜
5280 ⎞ ft ft
⎟ g := 32.2
⎝ 3600 ⎠ s
s
2
(assumed)
ft
tr := 1.0 s a := 10.0
2
s
Determine the yellow time
V
Y := tr + Y = 3.599s (Eq 7.23)
2⋅ a + 2⋅ g ⋅ G
w+l
AR := AR = 1.295 s
V
Sum Y & AR
AR + Y = 4.894 s
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
w+l
l := 20.0 ft AR := AR = 1.364 s
V
AR + Y = 4.962 s
G := 4 l := 16.0 ft
V
Y := tr + Y = 1.211
2⋅ a + 2⋅ g ⋅ G
w+l
AR := AR = 1.295 s
V
AR + Y = 2.507 s
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual
to accompany
Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e
By
Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski
Chapter 8
Travel Demand and Traffic Forecasting
U.S. Customary Units
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Preface
The solutions to the fourth edition of Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis
were prepared with the Mathcad1 software program. You will notice several notation
conventions that you may not be familiar with if you are not a Mathcad user. Most of these
notation conventions are self-explanatory or easily understood. The most common Mathcad
specific notations in these solutions relate to the equals sign. You will notice the equals sign
being used in three different contexts, and Mathcad uses three different notations to distinguish
between each of these contexts. The differences between these equals sign notations are
explained as follows.
• The ‘:=’ (colon-equals) is an assignment operator, that is, the value of the variable or
expression on the left side of ‘:=’is set equal to the value of the expression on the right
side. For example, in the statement, L := 1234, the variable ‘L’ is assigned (i.e., set
equal to) the value of 1234. Another example is x := y + z. In this case, x is assigned
the value of y + z.
• The ‘=’ (bold equals) is used when the Mathcad function solver was used to find the
value of a variable in the equation. For example, in the equation
, the = is used to tell Mathcad that the value of
the expression on the left side needs to equal the value of the expression on the right
side. Thus, the Mathcad solver can be employed to find a value for the variable ‘t’ that
satisfies this relationship. This particular example is from a problem where the function
for arrivals at some time ‘t’ is set equal to the function for departures at some time ‘t’ to
find the time to queue clearance.
• The ‘=’ (standard equals) is used for a simple numeric evaluation. For example,
referring to the x := y + z assignment used previously, if the value of y was 10 [either by
assignment (with :=), or the result of an equation solution (through the use of =) and the
value of z was 15, then the expression ‘x =’ would yield 25. Another example would be
as follows: s := 1800/3600, with s = 0.5. That is, ‘s’ was assigned the value of 1800
divided by 3600 (using :=), which equals 0.5 (as given by using =).
Another symbol you will see frequently is ‘→’. In these solutions, it is used to perform an
evaluation of an assignment expression in a single statement. For example, in the following
statement, , Q(t) is assigned the value of
Arrivals(t) – Departures(t), and this evaluates to 2.2t – 0.10t2.
Finally, to assist in quickly identifying the final answer, or answers, for what is being asked in
the problem statement, yellow highlighting has been used (which will print as light gray).
1
www.mathcad.com
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.1
Determine the number of peak hour trips generated.
income := 20 household_size := 2 (given)
neighborhood_employment := 1.0 nonworking := 2
From Example 1:
From Example 2:
(
total := 1700⋅ trips ex1 + trips ex2 )
total = 1608.2 trips
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.2
Determine the amount of additional retail employment needed.
retail
trips := trips per household x 1700 = 100
1700
trips = 0.059
0.520 − 0.059
= 3.073 employment = 3.075
0.15
Problem 8.3
Determine the change in the number of peak hour social/recreational trips.
income := 15 size := 5.2 working := 1.2
trips := 0.04 + 0.018 ⋅ size + 0.009 ⋅ income + 0.16 ⋅ nonworking trips = 0.909
trips new := 0.04 + 0.018 ⋅ size + 0.009 ⋅ incomenew + 0.16 ⋅ nonworkingnew trips new = 0.884
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.4
Determine the number of peak-hour shopping trips and the probability
that the household will make more than 1 peak-hour shopping trip.
calculate the number of peak hour trips
BZi := −0.35 + 0.03 ⋅ house + 0.004 ⋅ income − 0.10 ⋅ retail BZi = 0.07 (Example 8.4)
BZi
λi := e λi = 1.07 vehicle trips (Eq. 8.3)
Problem 8.5
Determine the number of peak-hour social/recreational trips and the
probability that the household will not make a peak-hour social/rec trip.
calculate the number of peak-hour trips
BZi = 0.375
BZi
λ i := e λ i = 1.455 vehicle-trips (Eq. 8.3)
Ti := 0 (given)
− λi Ti
e ⋅λi
( )
P Ti :=
Ti!
(Eq. 8.2)
P ( 0) = 0.233
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.6
Determine the number of work trip vehicles that leave during the
peak hour.
usersB := 750 userseach_B := 15 (given)
usersB
buses := buses = 50
userseach_B
cars SR
cars := cars DL + cars = 2815
2
Problem 8.7
Determine how many workers will take each mode.
cost DL := 8.00 cost SR := 4.00 cost B := 0.50
(given)
UDL
e
PDL := PDL = 0.444 PDL⋅ 4000 = 1775 drive alone
UDL USR UB
e +e +e
USR
e
PSR := PSR = 0.244 PSR ⋅ 4000 = 974 shared ride
UDL USR UB
e +e +e
UB
e
PB := PB = 0.313 PB ⋅ 4000 = 1251 bus
U DL U SR UB
e +e +e
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.8
Determine how many shopping trips will be made to each of the
four shopping centers.
U A1
e
PA1 := PA1 = 0.016
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
U A2
e
PA2 := PA2 = 0.002
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
U A3
e
PA3 := PA3 = 0.029
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
U A4
e
PA4 := PA4 = 0.952
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
trips := 4000
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.9
Determine the new distribution of the 4000 shopping trips.
UA1
e
PA1 := PA1 = 0.01
UA1 UA2 UA4
e +e +e
UA2
e
PA2 := PA2 = 0.43
UA1 UA2 UA4
e +e +e
UA4
e
PA4 := PA4 = 0.56
UA1 UA2 UA4
e +e +e
trips := 4000
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.10
Determine how much commercial floor space is needed.
coeffdist := −0.455 coeffspace := 0.0172 (given)
4000
trips := trips = 1333
3
trips
= 0.333
4000
therefore
PA := 0.333
as before
UA4 := 6.362
UA := 6.362
UA ( )
coeffdist ⋅ ( 2.5) + coeffspace ⋅ space1
2
space1 = 436.017 space1 ⋅ 1000 = 436017 ft
UA ( )
coeffdist ⋅ ( 5.5) + coeffspace ⋅ space2
2
space2 = 515.378 space2 ⋅ 1000 = 515378 ft
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.11
Determine the new distribution of shopping trips by destination and mode.
coeff := 0.012
UA1
e
PA1 := PA1 = 0.323
UA1 UB1 U A2 U B2
e +e +e +e
U B1
e
PB1 := PB1 = 0.029
UA1 UB1 U A2 U B2
e +e +e +e
UA2
e
PA2 := PA2 = 0.588
UA1 UB1 U A2 U B2
e +e +e +e
U B2
e
PB2 := PB2 = 0.06
UA1 UB1 U A2 U B2
e +e +e +e
total := 900
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.12
Determine how much commercial floor space must be added to
shopping center 2.
total := 900 trips A2 := 355 trips B2 := 23 (given)
trips A2
PA2 := PA2 = 0.394
total
trips B2
PB2 := PB2 = 0.026
total
P1 :=
(
total − trips A2 + trips B2 ) P1 = 0.58
total
U A1 U B1
e +e
P1 (Eq. 8.7)
UA1 UB1
e +e +x
x = 2.622
time2auto := 15 + 4 time2bus := 22 + 4
time2auto = 19 time2bus = 26
0.6− 0.3 ⋅ time2 auto + 0.012 ⋅ space − 0.3⋅ time2 bus + 0.012 ⋅ space
x e +e
space = 499.918
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.13
Determine the distribution of trips among possible destinations.
U A1
e
PA1 := PA1 = 0.494
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
U A2
e
PA2 := PA2 = 0.211
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
U A3
e
PA3 := PA3 = 0.128
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
U A4
e
PA4 := PA4 = 0.168
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
trips := 700
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problems 8.14
Determine the distribution of the 700 peak-hour social/recreational trips.
U A1
e
PA1 := PA1 = 0.361
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
U A2
e
PA2 := PA2 = 0.154
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
U A3
e
PA3 := PA3 = 0.361
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
U A4
e
PA4 := PA4 = 0.123
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
trips := 700
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.15
P1 := 0.40
UA2 := 2.124 UB2 := 0.564 UA3 := 0.178 UB3 := −2.042 (From Ex. 8.8)
UA2 UB2 U A3 U B3
e +e +e +e
P2and3
U A2 U B2 UA3 UB3
e +e +e +e +x
x = 7.631
( 0.9− 0.22 ⋅ 14 + 0.16 ⋅ 12.4 + .11⋅ space ) ( − 0.22 ⋅ 17 + 0.16 ⋅ 12.4 + .11⋅ space )
x e +e
space = 18.5
added_space := space − 13
2
added_space = 5.5 added_space⋅ 1000 = 5523 ft
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.16
Determine how much additional amusement floor space must be added.
trips 2
PA2 := PA2 = 0.357
trips
U A2
e
PA2 (Eq. 8.7)
UA1 UA2 UA3 UA4
e +e +e +e
UA2 = 1.631
UA2 (
coeffpop⋅ ( 6.0) + coeffdist ⋅ ( 5.0) + coeffspace ⋅ space2 )
space2 = 18.128
2
space2 − 10.0 = 8.128 8.128 ⋅ 1000 = 8128 ft
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.18
Determine the user equilibrium and system optimal route travel
times, total travel time, and route flows.
User equilibrium:
t1 8 + x1 t2 1 + 2 ⋅ x2 q := 4 (given)
x1 + x2 q
t1 t2
8 + x1 (
1 + 2 ⋅ q − x1 )
Route flows:
t1 := 8 + x 1 t1 = 8.33 min
t2 := 1 + 2 ⋅ x 2 t2 = 8.33 min
System Optimal:
S ( x) ( )
x1 ⋅ 8 + x1 + x2 ⋅ 1 + 2 ⋅ x2( )
x2 q − x1
S ( x) ( ) ( )
x1 ⋅ 8 + x1 + q − x1 ⋅ ⎡ 1 + 2 ⋅ q − x1
⎣ ( )⎤⎦
d
S ( x) −9 + 6 ⋅ x 1
dx 1
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Route flows:
t1 := 8 + x 1 t1 = 9.5 min
t2 := 1 + 2 ⋅ x 2 t2 = 6 min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.19
Determine how many vehicle hours will be saved.
2
z 4.318 ⋅ x 2 − 14.632⋅ x 2 + 51.264
d
z 8.636 ⋅ x 2 − 14.632 0
dx
14.632
x 2 := x 2 = 1.694
8.636
x 1 := 6 − x 2 x 1 = 4.306
t2 :=
(3 + 3.182⋅ x2) ⋅ x2 ⋅ 1000 t2 = 236.956 veh − h
60
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.20
Determine the reduction in peak-hour traffic demand needed.
Before reconstruction
⎛ x1 ⎞⎟ ⎛ x2 ⎞⎟
c 1 := 2.5 c 2 := 4 t1 2 + 3⋅⎜ t2 4 + 2⋅⎜ (given)
⎜⎝ c1 ⎟⎠ ⎜⎝ c2 ⎟⎠
q := 3.5 thousand vehicles
d
S ( x) 3.4x 1 − 5.5 0
dx 1
5.5
x 1 := x 1 = 1.618 veh/hr
3.4
x 2 := q − x 1 x 2 = 1.882 veh/hr
( )
tot_trav1 := 2 + 1.2 ⋅ x 1 ⋅ x 1 ⋅ 1000 tot_trav1 = 6375.433 veh-min
tot_trav1 + tot_trav2 = 15676.5 veh-min total vehicle travel time (before construction)
During reconstruction
d
S 4.4 ⋅ x 1 − 2 − 2q 0
dx
q := 2.2 ⋅ x 1 − 1
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Also, from travel times:
15.676
2
( ) (
2 ⋅ x 1 + 1.2 ⋅ x 1 + 4 ⋅ q − x 1 + q − x 1 )2
2 2 2
15.676 2 ⋅ x 1 + 1.2 ⋅ x 1 + 4 ⋅ q − 4x 1 + q − 2 ⋅ q ⋅ x 1 + x 1
2 2
15.676 2.2x 1 − 2 ⋅ x 1 + 4q + q − 2 ⋅ q ⋅ x 1
Substituting q 2.2 ⋅ x 1 − 1
15.676
2
( ) (
2.2 ⋅ x 1 − 2 ⋅ x 1 + 4 ⋅ 2.2 ⋅ x 1 − 1 + 2.2 ⋅ x 1 − 1 )2 − 2 ⋅ (2.2 ⋅ x1 − 1) ⋅ x1
Solving for x1 yields:
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.22
Determine the user equilibrium traffic flows.
q := 3 ( )
t1 x 1 := 8 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1 ( )
t2 x 2 := 1 + 2 ⋅ x 2 ( )
t3 x 3 := 3 + 0.75 ⋅ x 3 (given)
t1 ( q) = 9.5 t1 ( 0) = 8 t3 ( q) = 5.25
t2 ( 0) = 1 t2 ( q) = 7
t3 ( 0) = 3
therefore,
t2 t3
1 + 2 ⋅ x2 3 + 0.75 ⋅ x 3
q x2 + x3
1 + 2 ⋅ x2 (
3 + 0.75 ⋅ q − x 2 )
x 2 = 1.545 x 2 ⋅ 1000 = 1545 veh/h
x 3 := q − x 2
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.23
Determine equilibrium flows and travel times before and after reconstruction begins.
c 11 := 4 c 21 := 2 c 12 := 3 c 22 := 2
t22 10 + 1.5 ⋅ x 22
t21 10 + 1.5 ⋅ x 21
x 21 x 22 − 0.392 ( 2)
x 22 1.685 ⋅ x 21
or
x 21 0.5935⋅ x 22
0.5935⋅ x 22 x 22 − 0.392
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
t12 := t22
⎛ x 12 ⎞⎟
t12 6 + 8⎜
⎜⎝ c 12 ⎟⎠
t11 := t22 − 0.588 t11 = 10.86 min travel time before construction
t21 := t11
⎛ x11 ⎞⎟
t11 6 + 8⋅⎜
⎜⎝ c11 ⎟⎠
⎛ x21 ⎞⎟
t21 10 + 3⎜
⎜⎝ c21 ⎟⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.24
Determine the user equilibrium flows.
Determine for q = 10000
q := 10 ( )
t1 x 1 := 2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1 ( )
t2 x 2 := 1 + x 2 ( )
t3 x 3 := 4 + 0.2 ⋅ x 3 (given)
t1 ( q) = 7 t1 ( 0) = 2 t3 ( q) = 6
t2 ( 0) = 1 t2 ( q) = 11
t3 ( 0) = 4
t1 t2 t3
q x1 + x2 + x3
x2 q − x1 − x3
t1 t2
2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1 1 + x2
x2 1 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1
also t1 t3
2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1 4 + 0.2 ⋅ x 3
x3 −10 + 2.5 ⋅ x 1
so
q ( ) (
x 1 + 1 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1 + −10 + 2.5 ⋅ x 1 )
x 1 = 4.75 x 1 ⋅ 1000 = 4750 veh/h
t1 = 4.375
t2 := t1
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
t3 := t1
t3 − 4
x 3 := x 3 = 1.875 x 3 ⋅ 1000 = 1875 veh/h
0.2
q := 5 ( )
t1 x 1 := 2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1 ( )
t2 x 2 := 1 + x 2 ( )
t3 x 3 := 4 + 0.2 ⋅ x 3 (given)
t1 ( q) = 4.5 t1 ( 0) = 2 t3 ( q) = 5
t2 ( 0) = 1 t2 ( q) = 6
t3 ( 0) = 4
Routes 1 and 2 have the lowest free-flow travel time, so assume route 3 is not used
t1 t2
2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1 1 + x2
x2 1 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1
x2 q − x1
1 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1 q − x1
( )
t1 x 1 = 3.333
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.25
Determine the minimum demand so that all routes are used.
Flow on route 3 will begin when t1 = t 2 = 4 (which is route 3's free-flow time).
so
t1 2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1 4
4−2
x 1 := x1 = 4
0.5
t2 1 + x2 4
x 2 := 4 − 1 x2 = 3
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.26
Determine the total person hours of travel for each situation.
SOV veh := 2500 HOV 2veh := 500 HOV 3veh := 300 Buses := 20 (given)
vehtotal = 3320
peopletotal = 5400
t 0 := 15 (given)
c 3 := 3600
a) open to all
⎡ ⎛⎜ vehtotal ⎟⎞
6.87 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
t := t 0 ⋅ ⎢ 1 + 1.15 ⋅ ⎥ t = 24.89
⎣ ⎜
⎝ c3 ⎟
⎠ ⎦
t ⋅ peopletotal
person hours :=
60
b) 2+ lane
c 1 := 1200 c 2 := 2400
⎡ ⎛⎜ SOV veh ⎞⎟
6.87 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
t SOV := t 0 ⋅ ⎢ 1 + 1.15 ⋅ ⎥ t SOV = 37.834
⎣ ⎜⎝ c 2 ⎟⎠ ⎦
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
personhours :=
(
tSOV ⋅ SOV veh + tHOV ⋅ 2 ⋅ HOV2veh + 3 ⋅ HOV3veh + 50 ⋅ Buses )
60
c) 3+ lane
⎡ ⎛⎜ HOV3veh + Buses ⎟⎞
6.87 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
t3 := t0 ⋅ ⎢ 1 + 1.15 ⋅ ⎥ t3 = 15.002
⎣ ⎜⎝ c1 ⎟⎠ ⎦
personhours :=
( ) (
t2 ⋅ SOV veh + 2 ⋅ HOV2veh + t3 ⋅ 3 ⋅ HOV3veh + 50 ⋅ Buses )
60
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.27
Determine the total person-hours and the minimum mode shift.
t0 := 15 c 2 := 2400 SOV := 2500 − 500
⎡⎢ ⎛ SOV ⎞
6.87⎤
⎥
tSOV := t0 ⋅ 1 + 1.15 ⋅ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎢ c2
⎣ ⎝ ⎠ ⎦
tSOV = 19.93
tHOV = 16.371
(
tSOV ⋅ SOV + tHOV ⋅ 2 ⋅ HOV2 + 3 ⋅ HOV3 + 50 ⋅ Buses )
personhours :=
60
for all 3 lanes open to all traffic personhours := 2240.127 (From Problem 8.26)
personmin := personhours ⋅ 60
personmin = 134407.62
c 1 := 1200 c 2 := 2400
⎡ ⎛⎜ HOV + x ⎞⎟ ⎥⎤
6.87
⎢
⎡⎢ ⎛ SOV − x ⎞ ⎤⎥ ⋅ ( SOV − x) + t ⋅ ⎢1 + 1.15 ⋅ ⎜
6.87
50 ⎟ ⎥
t0 ⋅ 1 + 1.15 ⋅ ⎜
⎢ c2
⎟ ⎥ 0 ⎢ ⎜ c1 ⎟ ⎥ ⋅ ( HOVp + x ) personmin
⎣ ⎝ ⎠ ⎦ ⎣ ⎝ ⎠ ⎦
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.28
Determine the user equilibrium and system optimal route flows
and total travel times.
t1 5 + 3 ⋅ x1 t2 7 + x2 q := 7 (given)
At System Optimal:
S ( x) ( )
x1 ⋅ 5 + 3 ⋅ x1 + x2 ⋅ 7 + x2( )
x2 q − x1
S ( x) ( ) ( ) (
x 1 ⋅ 5 + 3 ⋅ x 1 + q − x 1 ⋅ ⎡7 + q − x 1 ⎤
⎣ ⎦ )
d
S ( x) 8 ⋅ x 1 − 16 0
dx 1
Route flows:
x1 = 2
x 1 ⋅ 1000 = 2000 veh/h
t1 := 5 + 3 ⋅ x 1 t2 := 7 + x 2
t1 = 11 t2 = 12
(
TravelTimeSO := t1 ⋅ x 1 + t2 ⋅ x 2 )
TravelTimeSO = 82 veh − min
At User Equilibrium:
t1 t2
5 + 3 ⋅ x1 (
7 + q − x1 )
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Route flows:
t1 := 5 + 3 ⋅ x 1
t1 = 11.75
TravelTimeUE := t1 ⋅ q
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.29
Determine the value of the derivative of the user equilibrium
math program evaluated at the system optimal solution with
respect to x 1 .
q := 7
⌠ ⌠
⎮ ⎮
S ( x) ( 5 + 3 ⋅ w) dw + ( 7 + 3 ⋅ w) dw
⎮ ⎮
⌡ ⌡
x2 q − x1
2 2
S ( x) 5 ⋅ x 1 + 1.5 ⋅ x 1 + 49 − 7 ⋅ x 1 + 24.5 − 7 ⋅ x 1 + 0.5 ⋅ x 1
d
S ( x) 4 ⋅ x1 − 9
dx 1
at x 1 := 2 (the SO solution)
d
z −1
dx 1
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.30
Determine the user equilibrium flows and total hourly origin-
destination demand after the improvement.
2
⎛x⎞
t1 ( x , c ) := 3 + 1.5 ⋅ ⎜ ⎟
⎛x⎞
t2 ( x , c ) := 5 + 4 ⋅ ⎜⎟ (given)
⎝c⎠ ⎝c⎠
c 1 := 2 c 2 := 1.5 q := 6
( )
t1 q , c 1 = 16.5 (
t1 0 , c 1 = 3 )
(
t2 0 , c 2 = 5) (
t2 q , c 2 = 21 )
so both routes may be used
t1 t2 x2 q − x1
Existing Condtions
2
⎛ x 1 ⎟⎞ ⎛ q − x1 ⎟⎞
3 + 1.5 ⋅ ⎜ 5 + 4⋅⎜
⎜⎝ c 1 ⎟⎠ ⎜⎝ c 2 ⎟⎠
x 1 = 4.232
(
t1_exist := t1 x 1 , c 1 ) t1_exist = 9.715
t2_exist := t1_exist
4 ⋅ x2
x 2 := q − x 1
5+ 5 + 1.6 ⋅ x 2
2.5
x 2 = 1.768
c 2_new := 2.5
x 2_new
t2_new 5 + 4⋅
c 2_new
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
q_new
⎣ (
q + 0.5 ⋅ ⎡t 2_exist − t2_new ⎤
⎦ )
⎡ ⎛ x 2_new ⎞⎤
q_new q + 0.5 ⋅ ⎢t 2_exist − ⎜ 5 + 4 ⋅ ⎟⎥
⎢⎣ ⎜⎝ c 2_new ⎟⎥
⎠⎦
⎡ ⎛ x 2_new ⎞⎤
q_new 6 + 0.5 ⋅ ⎢9.715 − ⎜ 5 + 4 ⋅ ⎟⎥
⎣ ⎝ 2.5 ⎠⎦
also,
8.3595 − x 1_new
x 2_new
1.8
t1 t2
⎛⎜ 8.3595 − x1_new ⎞
⎟
2
⎛ x1_new ⎞⎟ ⎜ ⎟
3 + 1.5 ⋅ ⎜
1.8
5 + 4⋅
⎜⎝ c 1 ⎟⎠ ⎜ c 2_new ⎟
⎝ ⎠
x 1_new = 3.968
x 1_new⋅ 1000 = 3968 veh/h
2
⎛ x1_new ⎞⎟
t1_new := 3 + 1.5 ⋅ ⎜ t1_new = 8.9
⎜⎝ c 1 ⎟⎠
t2_new := t1_new
t2_new − 5
x 2_new := ⋅ c 2_new x 2_new = 2.44
4 x 2_new⋅ 1000 = 2440 veh/h
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.31
Determine if the user equilibrium and system optimal solutions can be equal.
t1 5 + 4 ⋅ x1 t2 7 + 2 ⋅ x2 (given)
At System Optimal:
S ( x) ( ) (
x1 ⋅ 5 + 4 ⋅ x1 + x2 ⋅ 7 + 2 ⋅ x2 )
x2 q − x1
S ( x)
2
( )
5 ⋅ x1 + 4 ⋅ x1 + 7 ⋅ q − x1 + 2 ⋅ q − x1( )2
d
S −7 − 4 ⋅ q + 4 ⋅ x 1 + 5 + 8 ⋅ x 1 0
dx 1
x1 0.333q + 0.1667
At User Equilibrium:
t1 t2
5 + 4 ⋅ x1 (
7 + 2 ⋅ q − x1 )
6x 1 − 2q − 2 0
substituting,
2q + 1 − 2q − 2 0
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.32
Determine the user equilibrium flows.
2
t1 ( x ) := 5 + 1.5 ⋅ x t2 ( x ) := 12 + 3 ⋅ x t3 ( x ) := 2 + 0.2x (given)
q := 4
t1 ( 4) = 11 t1 ( 0) = 5 t3 ( 4) = 5.2
t3 ( 0) = 2
t1 t3 and x 1 4 − x3
(
5 + 1.5 4 − x 3 ) 2 + 0.2 ⋅ x 3
2
2
0.2 ⋅ x 3 + 1.5 ⋅ x 3 − 9 0
( )
t1 x 1 = 5.1 min
( )
t3 x 3 = 5.1 min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.33
Determine user equilibrium route flows and total vehicle travel time.
2
qo := 4 t1 6 + 4x 1 t2 2 + 0.5x 2 (given)
For each minute of travel time greater than 2 minutes, 100 fewer vehicles depart
(
qo − 0.1 t2 − 2 ) x1 + x2
substitute for t 2
qo − 0.1⎛ 2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 2 − 2 ⎞
2
x1 + x2
⎝ ⎠
solving for x1
2
x1 4 − x 2 − 0.05x 2
2
t1 6 + 4 ⋅ x1 t2 2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 2
plugging in x1
6 + 4⎛ 4 − x 2 − 0.05 ⋅ x 2
2 2⎞
2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 2
⎝ ⎠
2
0.7x 2 + 4 ⋅ x 2 − 20 0
t2 := 2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 2( )2 t2 = 7.132
new⋅ t2 = 24.868
Total travel time = q or 24,868 vehicle-min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.34
Determine the distribution of traffic between restricted and unrestricted
lanes so that total person-hours are minimized.
(subscripting: r = restricted, u2 = 2 person using unrestricted, u1 = 1 person using unrestricted)
rewriting
z (x) ⎡⎣2 ⋅ x r ⋅ ( 12 + xr)⎤⎦ + ⎡⎣2 ⋅ xu2 ⋅ ⎡⎣12 + 0.5 ⋅ ( 3.0 + x u2)⎤⎦⎤⎦ + 3⎡⎣12 + 0.5 ⋅ ( 3.0 + x u2)⎤⎦
and x r + x u2 4.0
2 2
z (x) 24 ⋅ x r + 2 ⋅ x r + 24 ⋅ x u2 + 3x u2 + x u2 + 36 + 4.5 + 1.5x u2
z (x) ( ) (
24 ⋅ 4 − x u2 + 2 ⋅ 4 − x u2 )2 + 24⋅ xu2 + 3xu2 + xu22 + 36 + 4.5 + 1.5xu2
2 2
z (x) 96 − 24x u2 + 32 − 16x u2 + 2 ⋅ x u2 + 24x u2 + 3x u2 + x u2 + 36 + 4.5 + 1.5x u2
2
z (x) 3 ⋅ x u2 − 11.5 ⋅ x u2 + 168.5
d
z 6 ⋅ x u2 − 11.5 0
dx u2
x u2 := 1.916 so,
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.35
Determine what percentage would take route 1 and how much
travel time would be saved.
At User Equilibrium:
2 2
⎛ x1 ⎞ ⎛ x2 ⎞
t1 t2 x1 3x 2 t1 ( x 1) := 5 + ⎜ ⎟ t2 ( x 2) := 7 + ⎜ ⎟ (given)
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠
2 2
⎛ 3x 2 ⎞ ⎛ x2 ⎞
5+⎜ ⎟ 7+⎜ ⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠
x 2 = 0.956
x 1 := 3 ⋅ x 2 x 1 = 2.869
q := x 1 + x 2 q = 3.825
q ⋅ 1000
TravelTime:= t 1 x 1 ⋅( ) 60
TravelTime= 449.861
At System Optimal:
⎡⎢ ⎛ x ⎞ 2⎤⎥ ⎡⎢ ⎛ x ⎞ 2⎤⎥
1 2
S ( x) x1 ⋅ ⎢ 5 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎥ + x2 ⋅ ⎢ 7 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎣ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎦ ⎣ ⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎦
x1 q − x2
⎡⎢ ⎛ q − x2 ⎞
2⎤
⎥ ⎡⎢ ⎛ x2 ⎞
2⎤
⎥
S ( x ) ( q − x 2) ⋅ ⎢ 5 + ⎜ ⎟ ⎥ + x 2 ⎢7 +
⋅ ⎜ ⎟ ⎥
⎣ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎦ ⎣ ⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎦
3 2
S ( x) −0.1875⋅ x 2 + 2.86875⋅ x 2 − 8.973 ⋅ x 2 + 33.1155
d 2
S ( x) −0.5625⋅ x 2 + 5.7375⋅ x 2 − 8.973 0
dx 2
x 2 = 1.929
x 1 := q − x 2 x 1 = 1.896
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
x1
percentage := ⋅ 100 percentage = 49.6 %
q
( )
t1_SO := t1 x 1 t1_SO = 5.899
( )
t2_SO := t2 x 2 t2_SO = 7.232
x 1 ⋅ t1_SO + x 2 ⋅ t2_SO
TravelTimeSO := ⋅ 1000 TravelTimeSO = 418.892
60
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Problem 8.36
Determine the difference in total vehicle travel times between
user equilibrium and system optimal solutions.
At User Equilibrium:
2
t1 5 + 3.5 ⋅ x 1 t2 1 + 0.5 ⋅ x 2 x1 q − x2 (given)
q − x2 x
S ( x)
⌠
⎮
⌠ 2
( 5 + 3.5 ⋅ w) dw + ⎮
2(
1 + 0.5w dw )
⌡ ⌡
0 0
2 2 3
S ( x) 5q − 5x 2 + 1.75q − 3.5q ⋅ x 2 + 1.75x 2 + x 2 + 0.167x 2
d 2
S ( x) −5 − 3.5q + 3.5x 2 + 1 + 0.5x 2
dx 2
At System Optimal:
S ( x) ⎛ 5x + 3.5x 2 ⎞ + ⎛ x + 0.5x 2 ⎞
⎝ 1 1 ⎠ ⎝ 2 2 ⎠
x1 q − x2
2 2 3
S ( x) 5 ⋅ q − 5 ⋅ x 2 + 3.5 ⋅ q − 7 ⋅ q ⋅ x 2 + 3.5 ⋅ x 2 + x 2 + 0.5 ⋅ x 2
d 2
S ( x) 1.5x 2 + 7x 2 − 4 − 7q 0
dx 2
d d
SSO ( x ) − SUE ( x ) 7
dx 2 dx 2
q := 3.57
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Finding total travel time at user equilibrium:
2
0.5x 2 + 3.5x 2 − 4 − 3.5( 3.57) 0
2
1.5x 2 + 7 ⋅ x 2 − 4 − 3.5( 3.57) 0
tt 2s := ⎡⎣ 1 + 0.5 ( 2.64)
2⎤
⎦ ⋅ 2.64 ⋅ 1000 tt 2s = 11839.872 veh-min
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the probability of the household making three or more
peak-hour trips?
Problem 8.37
BZ i
e = 1.046 vehicle trips
Calculate probability
P0 :=
e
− 1.046 (
⋅ 1.046 )
0
P0 = 0.351 (Eq 8.2)
0!
P1 :=
e
− 1.046 (
⋅ 1.046 )
1
P1 = 0.368
(Eq 8.2)
1!
P2 :=
e
− 1.046 (
⋅ 1.046 )
2
P2 = 0.192
(Eq 8.2)
2!
(
1 − P0 + P1 + P2 = 0.089 )
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
P3 :=
e
− 1.046 (
⋅ 1.046 )
3
P3 = 0.067
3!
P0 + P1 + P2 = 0.911
(
1 − P0 + P1 + P2 + P3 = 0.022 )
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
How many workers will use the shared-ride mode? Problem 8.38
Cost DL
Cost DL := 5.50 Cost SR := Cost B := 1.25
3
( ) (
UDL := 2.6 − 0.3 Cost DL − 0.02⋅ TravTimeDL ) UDL = 0.530
( ) (
USR := 0.7 − 0.3⋅ Cost SR − 0.04⋅ TravTimeSR ) USR = −0.690
( )
UB := −0.3⋅ Cost B − 0.01 TravTimeB ( ) UB = −0.645
U SR
e
PSR := PSR = 0.184 (Eq 8.7)
UDL U SR UB
e +e +e
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) Solve for individuals riding in drive-alone autos
UDL
e
PDL := PDL = 0.623 PDL⋅ 5000 = 3117 individuals
UDL U SR UB
e +e +e
UB
e
PB := PB = 0.193 PB⋅ 5000 = 963 individuals
UDL U SR UB
e +e +e
( ) (
USR := 0.7 − 0.3⋅ Cost DL − 0.04⋅ TravTimeSR ) USR = −1.790
U SR
e
PSR := PSR = 0.070 PSR⋅ 5000 = 349 individuals
UDL U SR UB
e +e +e
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the number of bus trips to shopping plaza 2. Problem 8.39
UA1 := 0.25 − ( 0.4⋅ 15) + ( 0.013⋅ 275) UA2 := 0.25 − ( 0.4⋅ 16) + ( 0.013⋅ 325)
UB1 := 0.0 − ( 0.5⋅ 18) + ( 0.013⋅ 275) UB2 := 0.0 − ( 0.5⋅ 19) + ( 0.013⋅ 325)
UB2
e
PB2 := PB2 = 0.019
UA1 UB1 U A2 U B2
e +e +e +e
UA1 := 0.25 − ( 0.4⋅ 15) + ( 0.013⋅ 325) UA2 := 0.25 − ( 0.4⋅ 16) + ( 0.013⋅ 275)
UB1 := 0.0 − ( 0.5⋅ 18) + ( 0.013⋅ 325) UB2 := 0.0 − ( 0.5⋅ 19) + ( 0.013⋅ 275)
UB2
e
PB2 := PB2 = 0.009
UA1 UB1 U A2 U B2
e +e +e +e
UA1 := 0.25 − ( 0.4⋅ 15) + ( 0.013⋅ 275) UA2 := 0.25 − ( 0.4⋅ 16) + ( 0.013⋅ 325)
UB1 := 0.0 − ( 0.5⋅ 18) + ( 0.013⋅ 275) UB2 := 0.0 − ( 0.5⋅ 19) + ( 0.013⋅ 325)
UA2
e
PA2 := PA2 = 0.542
⎛ UA1 UB1 UA2 UB2 ⎞
⎝e +e +e +e ⎠
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
How many additional vehicle-hours of travel time will be added
to the system assuming user-equilibrium conditions hold?
Problem 8.40
Both routes are used since t 2 (4) > t 1 (0) and t1 (4) > t 2 (0).
5 + 4/3.5(x 1 ) = 4 + 5/4.6(x 2 )
Flow conservation: x2 = 4 - x 1
x2 := 4 − x1 x2 = 2.5
⎡ ⎛ x1 ⎞⎤ ⎡ ⎛ x2 ⎞⎤
⎢5 + 4⋅ ⎜ ⎟⎥ ⋅ 1501 + ⎢4 + 5⋅ ⎜ ⎟⎥ ⋅ 2499
⎣ ⎝ 3.5 ⎠⎦ ⎣ ⎝ 4.6 ⎠⎦ = 447.7 veh-h
60
Both routes are used since t 2 (6) > t 1 (0) and t1 (6) > t 2 (0)
5 + 4/3.5(x 1 ) = 4 + 5/2.5(x 2 )
Flow conservation: x2 = 4 - x 1
x2 := 4 − x1 x2 = 1.8
⎡ ⎛ x1 ⎞⎤ ⎡ ⎛ x2 ⎞⎤
⎢5 + 4⋅ ⎜ ⎟⎥ ⋅ 2227 + ⎢4 + 5⋅ ⎜ ⎟⎥ ⋅ 1773
⎣ ⎝ 3.5 ⎠⎦ ⎣ ⎝ 2.5 ⎠⎦ = 503.0 veh-h
60
Find additional vehicle hours
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
1) Solve only for reduced-capacity case
Additional vehicle hours = 503.0 veh-h
5 + 4/3.5(x 1 ) = 4 + 5/2.1(x 2 )
Flow conservation: x2 = 4 - x 1
x2 := 4 − x1 x2 = 1.9
⎡ ⎛ x1 ⎞⎤ ⎡ ⎛ x2 ⎞⎤
⎢5 + 4⋅ ⎜ ⎟⎥ ⋅ 2227 + ⎢4 + 5⋅ ⎜ ⎟⎥ ⋅ 1773
⎣ ⎝ 3.5 ⎠⎦ ⎣ ⎝ 2.1 ⎠⎦ = 525.3 veh-h
60
Find additional vehicle hours
3) Solve only for reduced-capacity case using 2100 veh-h route 2 capacity
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Determine the system-optimal total travel time (in veh-h).
Problem 8.41
7
Route 1: ⋅ 60 = 6.46 min
65
4
Route 2: ⋅ 60 = 4.80 min
50
Performance functions:
t1 6.46 + 4⋅ x1
2
t2 4.80 + x2
q = x 1 + x 2 = 5.5
S( x) ( )
6.46⋅ 5.5 − x2 + 4⋅ 5.5 − x2 ( )2 + 4⋅ x2 + x23
3 2
S( x) x2 + 4⋅ x2 − 46.46x2 + 156.33
dS( x) 2
3⋅ x2 + 8⋅ x2 − 46.46 0 which gives x2 := 2.822 and x1 := 5.5 − x2
dx2
t1 := 6.46 + 4 x1 ( ) min
2
t2 := 4.80 + x2 min
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Alternative Answers:
t1 + t2 = 29.94 veh-h
5500⋅ t1
= 1574.10 veh-h
60
5500⋅ t2
= 1170.00 veh-h
60
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
How many vehicle-hours could be saved?
Problem 8.42
Solve for total number of vehicle hours using given distributions
x1 := 2500 x2 := 2000
x1⋅ t1
Route 1: = 604.17
60
x2⋅ t2
Route 2: = 366.67
60
( ) (
S( x) := 12 + x1 ⋅ x1 + 7 + 2⋅ x2 ⋅ x2 )
With flow conservation, x1 = 4.5 - x 2 so that
2
S( x) := 5⋅ x2 − 14⋅ x2 + 63
14
10x2 − 14 0 x2 := x1 := 4.5 − x2
10
t1 := 12 + x1 t1 = 15.10 t2 := 7 + 2⋅ x2 t2 = 9.80
1400⋅ t1
Route 1: = 352.33
60
3100⋅ t2
Route 2: = 506.33
60
−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−−
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.
Alternative Answers:
1) Do not divide traffic flows by 1000
x1 := 2500 x2 := 2000
x1⋅ t1
Route 1: = 104666.67
60
x2⋅ t2
Route 2: = 133566.67
60
2
S( x) := 5⋅ x2 − 8005⋅ x2 + 63000
8005
10x2 − 8005 0 x2 := x1 := 4500 − x2
10
t1 := 12 + x1 t1 = 3711.50 t2 := 7 + 2⋅ x2 t2 = 1608.00
1400⋅ t1
Route 1: = 86601.67
60
3100⋅ t2
Route 2: = 83080.00
60
Solutions Manual to accompany Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis, 4e,
by Fred L. Mannering, Scott S. Washburn, and Walter P. Kilareski.
Copyright © 2008, by John Wiley & Sons, Inc. All rights reserved.